]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21476 41895
69 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21476 41895
100 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 20521 870414 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21350
841 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21476 41895 55661
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 62246
1456 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1484 ;;;;;; 10917 902592 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21425
1608 ;;;;;; 43779 760127 645000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1660 ;;;;;; 0))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1787 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1815
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1835
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837
1838 ;;;***
1839 \f
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1841 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874
1875 ;;;***
1876 \f
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21414 44327
1878 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1915
1916
1917 Special information:
1918
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1947
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1951
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966
1967 ;;;***
1968 \f
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1977
1978 ;;;***
1979 \f
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1981 ;;;;;; 0))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002
2003 ;;;***
2004 \f
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2006 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012
2013 What is blackbox?
2014
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2021
2022 Overview of play:
2023
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2027
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2030
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043
2044 Details:
2045
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2063
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2071
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2074
2075 1
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2084 2 3
2085
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2088
2089
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2106
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2120
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21397 35239 170099
2126 ;;;;;; 0))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2150
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2154
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2164
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2173
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2224
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2235
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2247
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2256
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2262
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2282
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2289
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2293
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2295
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2301
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2303
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2310
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2312
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2314
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2316
2317 ;;;***
2318 \f
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21364 37926
2320 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2350
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2355
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2369
2370 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2374 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2376
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2381 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2382 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2383 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2384 to use.
2385
2386 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2389 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2390 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2391 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392
2393 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2398 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2406 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2407 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2418
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2425 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2426 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427
2428 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2429 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2436 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2437 Firefox.
2438
2439 When called interactively, if variable
2440 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2441 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2442 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2443 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2450 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2453 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2454 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2455 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2456 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2457 URL in a new window.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2464 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2465 Chromium.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2472 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2473
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2480 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2481 new tab in an existing window instead.
2482
2483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2496 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2497
2498 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2499 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2500 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2501 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529
2530 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2531 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2532 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2533
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2536 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2537 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2546 Default to the URL around or before point.
2547
2548 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2549 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2550 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2559 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2560 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2569 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2570
2571 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2575 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2576 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2577 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2578
2579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2580 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2581 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2582 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583
2584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586
2587 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2588
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2590 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2591 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2592 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2593 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2594 current one.
2595
2596 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2597 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600
2601 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2602 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2609 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2610 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2611 don't offer a form of remote control.
2612
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around or before point.
2618
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2620
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2623 Default to the URL around the point.
2624
2625 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2626 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2627
2628 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2629 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2630
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632
2633 ;;;***
2634 \f
2635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2637 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2638
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2640 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2643
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2647 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2648 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2649 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2650
2651 \(fn)" t nil)
2652
2653 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2654 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2655
2656 \(fn)" t nil)
2657
2658 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2659 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2660 \\<bs-mode-map>
2661 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2662 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2663 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2664 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2665
2666 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2667 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2668 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2669 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2670 name of buffer configuration.
2671
2672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2673
2674 ;;;***
2675 \f
2676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21410 47268 609529
2677 ;;;;;; 0))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2679
2680 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2681 Play Bubbles game.
2682 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2683 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2684 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2685 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2686 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2687 columns on its right towards the left.
2688
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2693
2694 \(fn)" t nil)
2695
2696 ;;;***
2697 \f
2698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2699 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2701
2702 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2703
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2709
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711
2712 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2713 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2714
2715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2716
2717 ;;;***
2718 \f
2719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21334
2720 ;;;;;; 16805 699731 0))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725
2726 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2727
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2731 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2734
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2740 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2743
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2745
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2756
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2759 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2760 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2761 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2762 before scanning it.
2763
2764 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2765 that already has a `.elc' file.
2766
2767 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2768 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769
2770 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2772 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2773 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2774 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2775 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776
2777 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778
2779 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2780 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2781 Print the result in the echo area.
2782 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783
2784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785
2786 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2788 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789
2790 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791
2792 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2793 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2794 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2795 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2796 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2797 all functions called by those functions.
2798
2799 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2800 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 cons, etc.).
2802
2803 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2804 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2805 invoked interactively.
2806
2807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2810 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2811 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2812 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2813
2814 \(fn)" nil nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2818 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2819 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2822 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 already up-to-date.
2824
2825 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2829 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2830 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831
2832 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2833 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2834 and corresponding effects.
2835
2836 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2837
2838 ;;;***
2839 \f
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21350
2841 ;;;;;; 5031 352444 0))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2843
2844 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2845
2846 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847
2848 ;;;***
2849 \f
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2851 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2853
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2855
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 ;;;***
2861 \f
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2863 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2865
2866 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2867 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2868 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2869 from the cursor position.
2870
2871 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2872
2873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2874
2875 ;;;***
2876 \f
2877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21377 49959 896066 0))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2879 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880
2881 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2882 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2883
2884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2887 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2888
2889 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890
2891 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2892 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893
2894 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895
2896 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2897 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2898
2899 \(fn)" t nil)
2900
2901 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2903 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2904 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2905
2906 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2912 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2913
2914 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915
2916 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2918 See calc-keypad for details.
2919
2920 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921
2922 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2923 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924
2925 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2928 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931
2932 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2933 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2934
2935 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2936
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2938 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2939 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2940
2941 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2942
2943 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2944 Define Calc function.
2945
2946 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2947 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2948 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2949
2950 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2951 actual Lisp function name.
2952
2953 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2954
2955 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2956
2957 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2958
2959 ;;;***
2960 \f
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2962 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2964
2965 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2966
2967
2968 \(fn N)" t nil)
2969
2970 ;;;***
2971 \f
2972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21417 20521 870414
2973 ;;;;;; 0))
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2975
2976 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2977 Run the Emacs calculator.
2978 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2979
2980 \(fn)" t nil)
2981
2982 ;;;***
2983 \f
2984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21493 50983
2985 ;;;;;; 112694 0))
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987
2988 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2989 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2990 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2991 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2992 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2993 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2994
2995 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2996 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2997 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2998 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2999 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3000 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3001 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3003 window.
3004
3005 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3006 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3007
3008 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3009 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3010 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3011 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3012 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3013 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3014
3015 Runs the following hooks:
3016
3017 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3018 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3019 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3020 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3021
3022 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3023
3024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3025
3026 ;;;***
3027 \f
3028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3029 ;;;;;; 0))
3030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3031
3032 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3033 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3034
3035 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3036
3037 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3038 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3039 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3040 it fails.
3041
3042 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3043
3044 ;;;***
3045 \f
3046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3047 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3049 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21499
3054 ;;;;;; 3372 630891 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3058 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3059
3060 \(fn)" nil nil)
3061
3062 ;;;***
3063 \f
3064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21419 62246
3065 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
3066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3067
3068 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3069 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3070
3071 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3072 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3073
3074 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3075 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3076
3077 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3078
3079 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3080 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3081 made from scratch.
3082
3083 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3084
3085 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3086 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3087
3088 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3089 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3090 made from scratch.
3091
3092 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3093
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3095 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3096
3097 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3098
3099 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3100 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3101 made from scratch.
3102
3103 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3104
3105 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3107
3108 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3109 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3110 made from scratch.
3111
3112 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3113
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3116
3117 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3118
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3122
3123 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3127
3128 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3129 variables are guessed:
3130
3131 * `c-basic-offset', and
3132 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3133 `c-offsets-alist'.
3134
3135 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3136 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3137
3138 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3139 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3140
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3143 guess is made from scratch.
3144
3145 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3146 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3147
3148 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3152 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3153 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3154
3155 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3156 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3157 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3158
3159 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3160
3161 ;;;***
3162 \f
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3164 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
3165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3166
3167 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3168 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3169 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3170 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3171 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3172 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3173 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3174
3175 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3184
3185 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3187 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3188 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3189 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3190 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3191
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3193
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3196
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{c-mode-map}
3199
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3201
3202 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3204 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3205 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3206 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3207 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3208 message.
3209
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3211
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3214
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c++-mode-map}
3217
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3220
3221 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3224 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3228
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3233
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{objc-mode-map}
3236
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3239
3240 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Java code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3247
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3252
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{java-mode-map}
3255
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3258
3259 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3266
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3271
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{idl-mode-map}
3274
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3277 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3278
3279 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3282 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3286
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3291
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{pike-mode-map}
3294
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3301
3302 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3305 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3306 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3307 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3308
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3313
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{awk-mode-map}
3316
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3318
3319 ;;;***
3320 \f
3321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3322 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3324
3325 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3326 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3327 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3328 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3329
3330 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3331
3332 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3333 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3334 might get set too.
3335
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3337 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3338 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3339 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3340 in this way.
3341
3342 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3343 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3344 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3345 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3346 a null operation.
3347
3348 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3349
3350 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3351 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3352 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3353 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3354
3355 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3356
3357 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3358 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3359 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3360
3361 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3362
3363 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3364 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3365 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3366 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3367 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3368
3369 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3370
3371 ;;;***
3372 \f
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3374 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3376 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3377 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3378 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3379
3380 ;;;***
3381 \f
3382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3383 ;;;;;; 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3385
3386 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3387 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3388
3389 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3390
3391 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3392 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3393
3394 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3395
3396 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3397 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3398
3399 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3400 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3401 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3402 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3403 execution.
3404
3405 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3406
3407 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3408
3409 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3410 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3411
3412 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3413 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3414 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3415 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3416
3417 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3418 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3419 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3420 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3421 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3422 `write' commands.
3423
3424 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3425 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3426 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3428
3429 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3430 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3431 semantics.
3432
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3434
3435 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3436
3437 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3438
3439 STATEMENT :=
3440 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3441 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3442
3443 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3444 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3445 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3446 | integer
3447
3448 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3449
3450 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3451 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3452 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3453
3454 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3455 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3456 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3457
3458 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3459 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3460
3461 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3462 BREAK := (break)
3463
3464 REPEAT :=
3465 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3466 (repeat)
3467 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3468 ;; (repeat))
3469 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3471 ;; (read REG)
3472 ;; (repeat))
3473 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3474 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3475 ;; (read REG)
3476 ;; (repeat))
3477 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3478
3479 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3480 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3481 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3482 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3483 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3484 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3486 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3487 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3488 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3489 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3490 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3491 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3492 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3493 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3494 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3495
3496 WRITE :=
3497 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3498 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3499 ;; representation.
3500 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3501 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3502 ;; (write r7))
3503 | (write EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3505 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3506 ;; representation.
3507 | (write integer)
3508 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3509 ;; buffer.
3510 | (write string)
3511 ;; Same as: (write string)
3512 | string
3513 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3514 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3515 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3516 ;; representation.
3517 | (write REG ARRAY)
3518 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3519 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3520 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3521 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3522 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3523 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3524
3525 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3526 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3527
3528 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3529 END := (end)
3530
3531 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3532 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3533 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3534
3535 ARG := REG | integer
3536
3537 OPERATOR :=
3538 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3539 + | - | * | / | %
3540
3541 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | & | `|' | ^
3543
3544 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3545 | << | >>
3546
3547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3548 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3549 | <8
3550
3551 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3552 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3553 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3554 | >8
3555
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3557 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3558 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3559 | //
3560
3561 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3562 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3563
3564 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3565 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3568 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3569 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3570 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3571 | de-sjis
3572
3573 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3574 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3575 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3578 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3579 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3580 ;; byte of SJIS.
3581 | en-sjis
3582
3583 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3584 ;; Same meaning as C code
3585 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3586
3587 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3588 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3589 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3590 | <8=
3591
3592 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3593 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3594 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3595
3596 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3597 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3598 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3599 | //=
3600
3601 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3602
3603
3604 TRANSLATE :=
3605 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3606 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3607 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3608 LOOKUP :=
3609 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3610 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3611 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3612 MAP :=
3613 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3614 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3615 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3616 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3617 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3618 MAP-ID := integer
3619
3620 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3621
3622 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3623
3624 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3625 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3626 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3627 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3628 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3629 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3630
3631 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3632
3633 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3634 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3635 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3636
3637 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3638
3639 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3640
3641 ;;;***
3642 \f
3643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3644 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3646
3647 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3648 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3649 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3650 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3651
3652 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3653
3654 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3655
3656 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3657 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3658
3659 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3660
3661 ;;;***
3662 \f
3663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3664 ;;;;;; 0))
3665 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3666 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3667
3668 ;;;***
3669 \f
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3671 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3673 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3674
3675 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3676 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3677 There are no special keybindings by default.
3678
3679 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3680 to the action header.
3681
3682 \(fn)" t nil)
3683
3684 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3685 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3686 There are no special keybindings by default.
3687
3688 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3689 to the action header.
3690
3691 \(fn)" t nil)
3692
3693 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3694 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3695 on the buffer contents
3696
3697 \(fn)" nil nil)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3702 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3705
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3709 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3711
3712 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3713 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3714 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3715
3716 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3719 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3720 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3721
3722 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3723
3724 ;;;***
3725 \f
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3727 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3729 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3731 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3738
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3740
3741
3742 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3743 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3744 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3745
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3748 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3749 the users will view as each check is completed.
3750
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3754 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3755 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3756 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3757 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3758 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3759 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3760 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3761
3762 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3763
3764 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3765 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3766 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3767 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3768 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3769 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3770 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3771 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3772
3773 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3774
3775 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3776 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3777 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3778 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3779 spacing are all verified.
3780
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3782
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3785 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3786 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3787 otherwise stop after the first error.
3788
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3790
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3792 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3793 Only documentation strings are checked.
3794 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3796 a separate buffer.
3797
3798 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3801 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3802 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3803 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3804 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3805
3806 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3807
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3809 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3810 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3811 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3812 if there is one.
3813
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3815
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3817 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3819 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3820 if there is one.
3821 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3822
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3824
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3826 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3827 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3828
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3833 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3834 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3835 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3836
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3840 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3841 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3842 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3843 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3844 space at the end of each line.
3845
3846 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3847
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3850 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3852
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3859
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3866
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3873
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3894
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3896
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3901
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3908
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3912 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3916
3917 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3918 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3919 checking of documentation strings.
3920
3921 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3922
3923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3924
3925 ;;;***
3926 \f
3927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3928 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3930
3931 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3932 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3933 Return the length of resulting text.
3934
3935 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3938 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3939
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3943 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3944 Return the length of resulting text.
3945
3946 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3949 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3950
3951 \(fn)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3954
3955
3956 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3957
3958 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3959
3960
3961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3962
3963 ;;;***
3964 \f
3965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3966 ;;;;;; 0))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3968
3969 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3970 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3971 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3972 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3973 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3974 editing and the result is evaluated.
3975
3976 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3979 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3980 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3981 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3982 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3983
3984 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3985
3986 \(fn)" t nil)
3987
3988 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3989 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3990 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3991 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3992 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3993
3994 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3995 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3996 \\{command-history-map}
3997
3998 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3999 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4000
4001 \(fn)" t nil)
4002
4003 ;;;***
4004 \f
4005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
4006 ;;;;;; 28582 821557 0))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4008
4009 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4010 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4011 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4012 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4013 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4014 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4015 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4016 of this function.
4017
4018 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4019 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4020 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4021 property are:
4022
4023 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4024 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4025
4026 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4027 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4028 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4029 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4030 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4031 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4032 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4033 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4034 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4035 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4036 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4037 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4038
4039 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4040 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4041 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4042
4043 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4044 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4045 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4046 list elements are:
4047
4048 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4049
4050 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4051
4052 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4053
4054 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4055 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4056
4057 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4058 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4059
4060 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4061 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4062 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4063 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4064 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4065 value specified by their associated list element.
4066
4067 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4068
4069 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4070 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4071 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4072
4073 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4074 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4075 * indent the first argument by 4.
4076 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4077 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4078 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4079
4080 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4081 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4082 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4083 instead.
4084
4085 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4086
4087 ;;;***
4088 \f
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21372 32036
4090 ;;;;;; 731951 0))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4092 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4093
4094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4095
4096 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4097 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4098 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4099 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4100 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4101 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4102
4103 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4104 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4105
4106 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4107
4108 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4109
4110 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4111
4112 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4113
4114 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4115
4116 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4117
4118 ;;;***
4119 \f
4120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4121 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4123
4124 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4125 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4126 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4127 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4128
4129 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4130 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4131 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4132 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4133
4134 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4135 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4136
4137 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4138
4139 ;;;***
4140 \f
4141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4142 ;;;;;; 0))
4143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4144
4145 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4146 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4147 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4148 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4149 of `scheme-program-name').
4150 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4151 it is given as initial input.
4152 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4153 discards input when it starts up.
4154 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4155 is run).
4156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4157
4158 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4159
4160 ;;;***
4161 \f
4162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4164
4165 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4166 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4167 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4168 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4169
4170 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4171 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4172
4173 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4174 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4175 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4176
4177 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4178
4179 ;;;***
4180 \f
4181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4183
4184 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4185 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4186 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4187 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4188 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4189 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4190 functions have already modified the buffer.
4191
4192 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4193
4194 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4195 either globally or locally.")
4196
4197 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4198 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4199 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4200 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4201
4202 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4203 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4204 `start-file-process'
4205 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4206 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4207 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4208
4209 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4210 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4211
4212 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4213
4214 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4215
4216 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4217
4218 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4219 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4220 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4221 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4222 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4223 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4224 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4225 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4226 process as its initial input.
4227
4228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4229
4230 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4231
4232 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4233
4234 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4235 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4236 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4237 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4238 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4239 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4240
4241 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4242
4243 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4244
4245 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4246 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4247 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4248 directory tracking functions.")
4249
4250 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4251 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4252 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4253
4254 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4255
4256 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4259 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4260 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4261
4262 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4263
4264 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to current process.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4270
4271 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4274 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4275 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4276 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4277
4278 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4279
4280 ;;;***
4281 \f
4282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4283 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4285
4286 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4287 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4288 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4289 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4290
4291 This command pushes the mark in each window
4292 at the prior location of point in that window.
4293 If both windows display the same buffer,
4294 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4295 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4296
4297 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4298 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4299 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4300 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4301 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4302 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4303 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4304 ignored.
4305
4306 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4307 this command work in interlaced mode:
4308 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4309 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4310 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4311
4312 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4313
4314 ;;;***
4315 \f
4316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21484 36010
4317 ;;;;;; 707226 0))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4319
4320 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4321 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4322
4323 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4324
4325 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4326 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4327 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4328
4329 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4330
4331 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4332 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4333 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4334
4335 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4336
4337 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4338 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4339 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4340 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4341 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4342
4343 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4344 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4345 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4346 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4347 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4348
4349 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4350 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4351 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4352 describing how the process finished.")
4353
4354 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4355 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4356 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4357 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4358 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4359
4360 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4361 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4362 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4363
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4365
4366 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4367 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4368 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4369 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4370
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4372
4373 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4374 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4375
4376 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4377 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4378
4379 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4380 (lambda ()
4381 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4382 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4383 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4384 (concat \"make -k \"
4385 (if buffer-file-name
4386 (shell-quote-argument
4387 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4388
4389 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4390 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4393 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4394 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4395 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4396
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4398
4399 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4400 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4401 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4402 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4403
4404 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4405 and move to the source code that caused it.
4406
4407 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4408 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4409
4410 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4411 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4412 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4413 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4414 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4415
4416 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4417 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4418 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4419 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4420
4421 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4422 kills its subprocesses.
4423
4424 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4425 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4426 to a function that generates a unique name.
4427
4428 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4429
4430 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4431 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4432 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4433 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4434
4435 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4436 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4437
4438 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4439 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4440 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4441 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4442
4443 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4444 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4445 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4446
4447 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4448
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4450
4451 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4452 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4453 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4454 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4455 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4456
4457 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4458
4459 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4460
4461 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4462
4463 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4464
4465 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4466 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4468 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4469 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4470
4471 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4472 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4473 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4474 See `compilation-mode'.
4475
4476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4477
4478 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4479 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4481 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4482 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4483
4484 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4485 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4486 `compilation-mode'.
4487
4488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4489
4490 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4491 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4492 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4493
4494 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4495
4496 ;;;***
4497 \f
4498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4499 ;;;;;; 0))
4500 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4501
4502 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4503 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4504 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4507 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4508
4509 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4510
4511 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4512 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4516
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4518
4519 ;;;***
4520 \f
4521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21383
4522 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
4523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4524
4525 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4526 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4527 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4528 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4529 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4530 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4531 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4532
4533 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4534 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4535 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4536
4537 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4538 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4539 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4540
4541 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4542 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4543 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4544 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4545
4546 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4547 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4548 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4549 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4550 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4551 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4552 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4553
4554 \\{conf-mode-map}
4555
4556 \(fn)" t nil)
4557
4558 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4559 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4560 Comments start with `#'.
4561 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4562
4563 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4564
4565 \[Desktop Entry]
4566 Encoding=UTF-8
4567 Name=The GIMP
4568 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4569 Name[cs]=GIMP
4570
4571 \(fn)" t nil)
4572
4573 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4574 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4575 Comments start with `;'.
4576 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4577
4578 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4579
4580 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4581 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4582 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4583
4584 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4585 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4586
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4591 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4592 between `/*' and `*/'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594
4595 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4596 // another kind of comment
4597 /* yet another */
4598
4599 name:value
4600 name=value
4601 name value
4602 x.1 =
4603 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4604 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4605
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4607
4608 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4610 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4611 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4612 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4613 `conf-space-keywords'.
4614 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4615 in an interactive fashion instead.
4616
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4618
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4620
4621 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4622 image/png png
4623 image/tiff tiff tif
4624
4625 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4626 class desktop
4627 # Standard multimedia devices
4628 add /dev/audio desktop
4629 add /dev/mixer desktop
4630
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4632
4633 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4634 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4635 See `conf-space-mode'.
4636
4637 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4638
4639 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4642 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4643
4644 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4645
4646 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4647 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4648
4649 \(fn)" t nil)
4650
4651 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4652 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4653 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655
4656 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4657
4658 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4659 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4660
4661 \(fn)" t nil)
4662
4663 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4665 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4667
4668 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4669
4670 *background: gray99
4671 *foreground: black
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 ;;;***
4676 \f
4677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4678 ;;;;;; 0))
4679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4680
4681 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4682 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4683 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4684 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4685 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4686 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4687
4688 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4691 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4692 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4693 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4694
4695 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4696
4697 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4698 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4699 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4700 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4701
4702 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4703
4704 ;;;***
4705 \f
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4707 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4709 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4710 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4711 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4712
4713 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4714 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4715 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4716 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4717 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4718 following the copyright are updated as well.
4719 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4720 interactively.
4721
4722 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4723
4724 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4725 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4726 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4727 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4728 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4729
4730 \(fn)" t nil)
4731
4732 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4733 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4734
4735 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4736
4737 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4738 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4739 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4740
4741 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4742
4743 ;;;***
4744 \f
4745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21438
4746 ;;;;;; 26670 609361 0))
4747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4748 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4753 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755
4756 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4757 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4759 Tab indents for Perl code.
4760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4762
4763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4768 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4771 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4772 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4775
4776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4777
4778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4780
4781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4782
4783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4785 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4792
4793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4794
4795 bite if angry;
4796
4797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4800 to nil.)
4801
4802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4805
4806 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4807
4808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4811 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4813
4814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4815
4816 if (A) { B }
4817
4818 into
4819
4820 B if A;
4821
4822 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4823
4824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4837
4838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4844
4845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4847 man via menu.
4848
4849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4854
4855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4857 span the needed amount of lines.
4858
4859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4863
4864 Variables controlling indentation style:
4865 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4870 `cperl-auto-newline'
4871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4879 `cperl-indent-level'
4880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4889 `cperl-brace-offset'
4890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4894 `cperl-label-offset'
4895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4896 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4898
4899 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4901 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4902 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4905
4906 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4907 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4908 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4909 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4910
4911 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4912 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4913 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4914 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4915 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4916 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4917 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4918
4919 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4920 column 0 is indented on
4921 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4922
4923 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4924 with no args.
4925
4926 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4927 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4928 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4929
4930 \(fn)" t nil)
4931
4932 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4933 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4934
4935 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4936
4937 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4938 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4939
4940 \(fn)" t nil)
4941
4942 ;;;***
4943 \f
4944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4945 ;;;;;; 0))
4946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4947
4948 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4949 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4950 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4951 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4952 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4953
4954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4958
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4960
4961 ;;;***
4962 \f
4963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4964 ;;;;;; 0))
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4966
4967 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4968 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4969 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4970 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4971 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4972 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4973 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4974 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4975
4976 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4977 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4978
4979 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4980 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4981 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4982
4983 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4984 with empty strings removed.
4985
4986 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
4991 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4993
4994 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4995 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 ;;;***
5000 \f
5001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
5002 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5004
5005 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5006 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5007 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5010 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5011
5012 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5015 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5019
5020 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5021 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5022 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5023 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5024 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5025 normal function of these prefix keys.
5026
5027 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5028 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5029 options:
5030 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5031 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5032 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5033
5034 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5035 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5036 the prefix fallback behavior.
5037
5038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5039
5040 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5041 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5042
5043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5044
5045 ;;;***
5046 \f
5047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21503 425
5048 ;;;;;; 992235 0))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5050
5051 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5052 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5053 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5054
5055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5056
5057 ;;;***
5058 \f
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21429 11690 49391
5060 ;;;;;; 0))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5062
5063 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5064 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5065
5066 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5067
5068 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5069 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5070
5071 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5072
5073 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5074 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5075
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5077
5078 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5079 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5080
5081 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5082 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5083
5084 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5085 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5086
5087 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5088
5089 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5090
5091 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5092 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5093 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5094
5095 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5096 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5097
5098 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5099 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5100
5101 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5102 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5103
5104 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5105
5106 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5107
5108 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5109 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5110 Return VALUE.
5111
5112 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5113 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5114
5115 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5116 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5117
5118 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5119 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5120
5121 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5122
5123 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5124
5125 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5126 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5127 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5128 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5129
5130 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5131 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5132 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5133
5134 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5135
5136 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5137 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5138 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5139 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5140 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5141
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5143
5144 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5145 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5146 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5147 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5148
5149 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5152 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5153 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5154
5155 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5156
5157 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5158 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5159
5160 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5161
5162 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5163
5164 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5165 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5166
5167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5168
5169 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5172 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5173 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5174
5175 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5176
5177 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5178 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5179 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5180 as part of Emacs itself.
5181
5182 Each elements looks like this:
5183
5184 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5185
5186 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5187 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5188 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5189 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5190 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5191 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5192 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5193 and `defface'.
5194
5195 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5196
5197 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5198 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5199 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5200 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5201 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5202
5203 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5204 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5205 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5206 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5207
5208 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5209
5210 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5212 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5213 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5214 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5215 release.
5216
5217 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5218 that were added or redefined since that version.
5219
5220 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5221
5222 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5224 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5225 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5226
5227 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5228
5229 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5230 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5236 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5237
5238 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5239 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5240
5241 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5242
5243 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5245
5246 \(fn)" t nil)
5247
5248 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5250
5251 \(fn)" t nil)
5252
5253 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize all saved options and faces.
5255
5256 \(fn)" t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5260 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5261 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5262 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5263 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5264
5265 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5266 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5267 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5268
5269 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5273
5274 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5278
5279 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5280
5281 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5283
5284 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5285
5286 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5287 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5288 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5289 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5290 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5291 that option.
5292 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5293
5294 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5298 The result includes selecting that window.
5299 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5300 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5301 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5302 that option.
5303
5304 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5307 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5308
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5310
5311 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5312 File used for storing customization information.
5313 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5314 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5315 it should be an absolute file name.
5316
5317 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5318 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5319 something like the following in your init file:
5320
5321 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5322 \(load custom-file)
5323
5324 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5325 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5326
5327 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5328 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5329 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5330 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5331 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5332
5333 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5334 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5335 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5336 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5337 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5338 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5339 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5340 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5341 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5342 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5343
5344 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5345
5346 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5347 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5348
5349 \(fn)" nil nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5352 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5353
5354 \(fn)" t nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5358 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5359
5360 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5361
5362 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5364 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5365 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5366 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5367
5368 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5369
5370 ;;;***
5371 \f
5372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5373 ;;;;;; 0))
5374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5375
5376 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5377 Create or edit a custom theme.
5378 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5379 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5380 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5381 from the Custom save file.
5382 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5383 named *Custom Theme*.
5384
5385 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5389
5390 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5393 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5394
5395 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5396
5397 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5398 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5399 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5400 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5401
5402 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5403
5404 ;;;***
5405 \f
5406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5407 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5409
5410 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5411 Mode used for cvs status output.
5412
5413 \(fn)" t nil)
5414
5415 ;;;***
5416 \f
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21383 2343 498187
5418 ;;;;;; 0))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5420 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5421
5422 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5423 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5424
5425 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5426
5427 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5428 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5429 C++ modes are included.
5430
5431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5433 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5434
5435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5436
5437 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5438
5439 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5440 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5441 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5444 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5445
5446 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5447
5448 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5449 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5450 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5451 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5452 ARG is omitted or nil.
5453
5454 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5455 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5456 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5457
5458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5459
5460 ;;;***
5461 \f
5462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5463 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5465
5466 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5467 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5468
5469 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5472 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5473
5474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5477 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5478 For readability, the table is slightly
5479 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5480
5481 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5482 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5483 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5484 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5485 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5486
5487 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5488
5489 ;;;***
5490 \f
5491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5492 ;;;;;; 0))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5494 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5495 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5496 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5497 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5498
5499 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5500 Completion on current word.
5501 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5502 and presents suggestions for completion.
5503
5504 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5505 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5506 completions.
5507
5508 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5509 then it searches *all* buffers.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512
5513 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5514 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5515
5516 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5517 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5518 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5519 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5520 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5521
5522 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5523 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5524
5525 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5526 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5527 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5528
5529 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5530 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5531
5532 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5533
5534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5535
5536 ;;;***
5537 \f
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5539 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5541
5542 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5543 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5544
5545 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5546
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21430 32550 215986 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5551
5552 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5553 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5554 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5555 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5556 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5557
5558 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5559
5560 ;;;***
5561 \f
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5563 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5565
5566 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5567 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5568
5569 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5570 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5571 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5572
5573 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5574 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5575 Data lines are not indented.
5576
5577 Key bindings:
5578
5579 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5580 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5581
5582 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5583 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5584 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5585 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5586
5587 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5588
5589 dcl-basic-offset
5590 Extra indentation within blocks.
5591
5592 dcl-continuation-offset
5593 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5594
5595 dcl-margin-offset
5596 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5597
5598 dcl-margin-label-offset
5599 Indentation for a label.
5600
5601 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5602 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5603
5604 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5605 dcl-block-end-regexp
5606 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5607 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5608 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5609 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5610 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5611
5612 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5613 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5614 Two such functions are included in the package:
5615 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5616 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5617
5618 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5619 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5620 One such function is included in the package:
5621 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5622
5623 dcl-tab-always-indent
5624 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5625 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5626 margin.
5627
5628 dcl-electric-characters
5629 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5630 typed.
5631
5632 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5633 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5634 which words trigger electric indentation.
5635
5636 dcl-tempo-comma
5637 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5638 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5639 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5640
5641 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5642 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5643 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5644 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5645
5646 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5647 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5648 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5649 dcl-imenu-label-call
5650 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5651
5652 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5653 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5654 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5655 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5656
5657
5658 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5659
5660 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5661 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5662 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5663 $ i = 1
5664 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5665 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5666 $ label:
5667 $ if i.eq.1
5668 $ then
5669 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5670 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5671 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5672 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5673 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5674 \"lined up with the command line\"
5675 $ type sys$input
5676 Data lines are not indented at all.
5677 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5678 $ endif
5679 $
5680
5681
5682 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5683 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5684
5685 \(fn)" t nil)
5686
5687 ;;;***
5688 \f
5689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5690 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5692
5693 (setq debugger 'debug)
5694
5695 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5696 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5697 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5698 of the evaluator.
5699
5700 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5701 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5702 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5703
5704 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5705
5706 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5707 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5708
5709 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5710
5711 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5712 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5713 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5714 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5715 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5716 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5717
5718 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5719 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5720
5721 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5724 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5725 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5726 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5727 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5728
5729 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5730
5731 ;;;***
5732 \f
5733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5734 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5736
5737 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5738 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5739
5740 \(fn)" t nil)
5741
5742 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5743 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5744 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5745 Upper-case letters are commands.
5746
5747 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5748 modify it.
5749
5750 The most useful commands are:
5751 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5752 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5753 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5754 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5755 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5756 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5757
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5759
5760 ;;;***
5761 \f
5762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5763 ;;;;;; 0))
5764 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5765 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5766
5767 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5768 Customization of `columns' group.
5769
5770 \(fn)" t nil)
5771
5772 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5773 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5774
5775 START and END delimits the text region.
5776
5777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5778
5779 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5780 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5781
5782 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5783
5784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5785
5786 ;;;***
5787 \f
5788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
5789 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5790
5791 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5792
5793 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5794 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5795 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5798 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5799
5800 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5801
5802 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5803 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5805 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5806 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5807
5808 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5809 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5810 point regardless of any selection.
5811
5812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5813
5814 ;;;***
5815 \f
5816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5817 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5819
5820 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5821 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5822
5823 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5824
5825 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5826 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5827 or nil if there is no parent.
5828 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5829 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5830 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5831 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5832 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5833
5834 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5835 arguments are currently understood:
5836 :group GROUP
5837 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5838 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5839 :syntax-table TABLE
5840 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5841 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5842 :abbrev-table TABLE
5843 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5844 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5845
5846 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5847
5848 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5849
5850 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5851 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5852 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5853
5854 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5855 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5856
5857 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5858 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5859 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5860
5861 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5862 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5863
5864 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5865 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5866
5867 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5868
5869 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5870
5871 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5872
5873 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5874 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5875 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5876 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5877 the first time the mode is used.
5878
5879 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5884 ;;;;;; 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5886
5887 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5888 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5889 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5890 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5891 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5892 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5893 otherwise.
5894
5895 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5898 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5899 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5900 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5901
5902 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5903 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5904 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5905
5906 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5907 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5908 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5909 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5910 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5911 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5912 relevant to POS.
5913
5914 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5915
5916 ;;;***
5917 \f
5918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21446 45134 152348
5919 ;;;;;; 0))
5920 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5921
5922 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5923 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5924 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5927 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5928
5929 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5930
5931 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5932 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5934 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5935 is omitted or nil.
5936
5937 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5938 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5939 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5940 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5941
5942 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5943 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5944
5945 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5946 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5947
5948 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5949
5950 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5951
5952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5953
5954 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5955 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5956 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5957 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5958
5959 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5960
5961 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5962 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5963
5964 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5965 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5966 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5967
5968 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5969 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5970
5971 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5972 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5973 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5974
5975 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5976 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5977 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5978 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5979
5980 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5981
5982 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5983 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5984
5985 Handlers are called with argument list
5986
5987 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5988
5989 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5990
5991 `desktop-file-version'
5992 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
5993 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
5994 `desktop-buffer-point'
5995 `desktop-buffer-mark'
5996 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
5997 `desktop-buffer-locals'
5998
5999 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6000 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6001
6002 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6003 code like
6004
6005 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6006 ...
6007 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6008 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6009
6010 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6011
6012 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6013
6014 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6015 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6016 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6017 List elements must have the form
6018
6019 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6020
6021 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6022 function.
6023
6024 Handlers are called with argument list
6025
6026 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6027
6028 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6029
6030 `desktop-file-version'
6031 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6032 `desktop-buffer-name'
6033 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6034 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6035 `desktop-buffer-point'
6036 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6037 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6038 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6039
6040 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6041 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6042 created and set.
6043
6044 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6045 code like
6046
6047 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6048 ...
6049 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6050 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6051
6052 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6053
6054 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6055
6056 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6057
6058 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6059 Empty the Desktop.
6060 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6061 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6062 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6063 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6064 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6065 if different).
6066
6067 \(fn)" t nil)
6068
6069 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6070 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6071 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6072 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6073 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6074 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6075 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6076
6077 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6078
6079 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6080 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6081 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6082
6083 \(fn)" t nil)
6084
6085 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6086 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6087 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6088 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6089 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6090 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6091 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6092 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6093
6094 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6095
6096 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6097 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6098 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6099
6100 \(fn)" nil nil)
6101
6102 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6103
6104 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6105 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6106 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6107 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6108 directory DIRNAME.
6109
6110 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6113 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6114
6115 \(fn)" t nil)
6116
6117 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6118 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6119
6120 \(fn)" t nil)
6121
6122 ;;;***
6123 \f
6124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6125 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6127
6128 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6129 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6130 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6131 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6132 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6133 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6134
6135 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6138 Repair a broken attribution line.
6139 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6140
6141 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6142
6143 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6144 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6145 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6146 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6147
6148 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6149
6150 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6151 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6152
6153 \(fn)" t nil)
6154
6155 ;;;***
6156 \f
6157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21350
6158 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
6159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6160
6161 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6162 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6163 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6164 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6165 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6166
6167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6168
6169 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6170 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6171 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6172 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6173
6174 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6175 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6176 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6177 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6178
6179 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6180 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6181
6182 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6183 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6184 calendar-date-style 'european
6185 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6186
6187 \(diary-mail-entries)
6188
6189 # diary-rem.el ends here
6190
6191 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6194 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6195
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6197
6198 ;;;***
6199 \f
6200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6202
6203 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6204 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6205
6206 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6207
6208 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6209 The command to use to run diff.")
6210
6211 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6212
6213 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6214 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6215 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6216 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6217 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6218 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6219
6220 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6221 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6222 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6223
6224 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6225
6226 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6227 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6228 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6229 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6230 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6231 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6232
6233 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6236 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6237
6238 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6239
6240 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6241 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6242 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6243
6244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6245
6246 ;;;***
6247 \f
6248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21488 33062
6249 ;;;;;; 959598 0))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6251
6252 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6253 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6254 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6255 normal diffs.
6256
6257 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6258 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6259 headers for you on-the-fly.
6260
6261 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6262 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6263 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6264
6265 \\{diff-mode-map}
6266
6267 \(fn)" t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6270 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6274
6275 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6276
6277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6278
6279 ;;;***
6280 \f
6281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6283
6284 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6285 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6286 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6287
6288 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6289
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6294
6295 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6296 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6297 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6298 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6299 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6300 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6301 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6302 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6303
6304 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6305
6306 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6307 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6308 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6309 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6310 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6311 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6312
6313 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6314 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6315 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6316 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6317 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6318 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6319 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6320 list of files to make directory entries for.
6321 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6322 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6323 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6324
6325 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6326
6327 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6328 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6329
6330 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6331 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6332
6333 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6334 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6335
6336 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6337 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6338
6339 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6340
6341 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6342 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6343
6344 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6347 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6348 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6349 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6350 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6351 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6352 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6353 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6354 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6355 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6356 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6357 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6358 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6359 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6360 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6361 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6362 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6363 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6364 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6365 to see why something went wrong.
6366 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6367 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6368 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6369 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6370 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6371 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6372 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6373 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6374 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6375 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6376 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6377 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6378 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6379
6380 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6381 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6382 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6383 again for the directory tree.
6384
6385 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6386 for more info):
6387
6388 `dired-listing-switches'
6389 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6390 `dired-marker-char'
6391 `dired-del-marker'
6392 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6393 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6394 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6395 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6396
6397 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6398
6399 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6400 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6401 `dired-mode-hook'
6402 `dired-load-hook'
6403
6404 Keybindings:
6405 \\{dired-mode-map}
6406
6407 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6408 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6409
6410 ;;;***
6411 \f
6412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6413 ;;;;;; 0))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6415
6416 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6417 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6419 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6420 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6421
6422 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6423 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6424 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6425
6426 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6427 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6428 directory.
6429
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431
6432 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6433 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6434 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6435 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6436 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6437 from `default-directory'.
6438
6439 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6440
6441 ;;;***
6442 \f
6443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6444 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6446
6447 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6448 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6449 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6450 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6451 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6452 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6453
6454 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6455
6456 ;;;***
6457 \f
6458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6459 ;;;;;; 0))
6460 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6461
6462 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6463 Return a new, empty display table.
6464
6465 \(fn)" nil nil)
6466
6467 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6468 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6469 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6470 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6471 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6472
6473 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6474
6475 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6476 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6477 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6478 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6479 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6480
6481 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6482
6483 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6484 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6485
6486 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6487
6488 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6489 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6490
6491 \(fn)" t nil)
6492
6493 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6494 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6495
6496 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6497 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6498
6499 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6500 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6501 byte.
6502
6503 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6504 in the default way after this call.
6505
6506 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6507
6508 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6509 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6510
6511 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6512
6513 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6514 Display character C using printable string S.
6515
6516 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6517
6518 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6519 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6520 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6521 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6522
6523 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6524
6525 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6526 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6527 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6528 X frame.
6529
6530 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6531
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6533 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6534
6535 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6538 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6539
6540 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6543 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6544
6545 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6548 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6549
6550 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6553 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6554
6555 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6558 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6559
6560 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6561 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6562
6563 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6564 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6565
6566 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6567 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6568 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6569 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6570
6571 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6572 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6573 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6574 in `.emacs'.
6575
6576 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6577
6578 ;;;***
6579 \f
6580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6581 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6583
6584 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6585 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6586 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6587 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6588 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6589 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6590 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6591 Default is 2.
6592
6593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6594
6595 ;;;***
6596 \f
6597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6599
6600 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6601 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6602 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6603 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6604 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6605 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6606 private or ask).
6607 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6608 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6609 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6610 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6611 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6612
6613 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6614
6615 ;;;***
6616 \f
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6618 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6620
6621 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6622 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6623 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6624 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6625 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6626 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6627 table and its own syntax table.
6628
6629 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6630
6631 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6633
6634 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6635 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6636
6637 \(fn)" t nil)
6638
6639 ;;;***
6640 \f
6641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21462 9001 456449
6642 ;;;;;; 0))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6644
6645 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6646 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6647 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6648 OpenDocument format).
6649
6650 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6653 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6654
6655 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6656 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6657
6658 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6659 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6660 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6661
6662 \(fn)" t nil)
6663
6664 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6665 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6666 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6667 to the next best mode.
6668
6669 \(fn)" nil nil)
6670
6671 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6672 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6673 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6674 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6675 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6676
6677 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6678
6679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6682
6683
6684 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6685
6686 ;;;***
6687 \f
6688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6689 ;;;;;; 0))
6690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6691
6692 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6693 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6694
6695 \(fn)" t nil)
6696
6697 ;;;***
6698 \f
6699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6701
6702 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6703 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6707
6708 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6709 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6710
6711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6712
6713 ;;;***
6714 \f
6715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21406 50214 284651
6716 ;;;;;; 0))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6718 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6719
6720 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6721 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6722
6723 \(fn)" t nil)
6724
6725 ;;;***
6726 \f
6727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21505
6728 ;;;;;; 42150 427725 0))
6729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6730
6731 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6732
6733 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6734 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6735 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6736 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6737 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6738
6739 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6740 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6741 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6742 and disables it otherwise.
6743
6744 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6745 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6746 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6747 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6748
6749 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6750 documenting what its argument does.
6751
6752 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6753 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6754 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6755 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6756 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6757 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6758 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6759 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6760
6761 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6762 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6763 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6764 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6765 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6766 mode is global):
6767
6768 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6769 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6770 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6771 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6772 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6773 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6774 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6775 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6776 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6777 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6778 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6779 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6780 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6781 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6782 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6783 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6784 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6785 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6786 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6787 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6788 in :variable).
6789
6790 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6791 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6792
6793 For example, you could write
6794 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6795 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6796 ...BODY CODE...)
6797
6798 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6799
6800 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6801
6802 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6803
6804 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6805
6806 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6807 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6808 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6809 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6810 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6811 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6812 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6813 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6814 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6815 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6816 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6817 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6818
6819 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6820 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6821 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6822 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6823 call another major mode in their body.
6824
6825 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6826 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6827 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6828
6829 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6830
6831 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6832
6833 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6834 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6835 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6836 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6837 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6838 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6839 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6840
6841 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6842
6843 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6844 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6845 :inherit Parent keymap.
6846 :group Ignored.
6847 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6848 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6849
6850 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6851
6852 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6853 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6854 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6855 the constant's documentation.
6856
6857 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6858
6859 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6860 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6861 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6862
6863 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6864
6865 ;;;***
6866 \f
6867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6868 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6870
6871 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6872 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6873 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6874 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6875
6876 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6877 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6878 as a top-level menu bar item.
6879
6880 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6881 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6882 pairs:
6883
6884 :filter FUNCTION
6885 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6886 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6887 items to actually display.
6888
6889 :visible INCLUDE
6890 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6891 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6892 alias for `:visible'.
6893
6894 :active ENABLE
6895 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6896 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6897 an alias for `:active'.
6898
6899 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6900 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6901
6902 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6903
6904 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6905
6906 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6907 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6908
6909 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6910 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6911
6912 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6913
6914 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6915
6916 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6917 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6918
6919 :keys KEYS
6920 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6921 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6922 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6923 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6924
6925 :key-sequence KEYS
6926 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6927 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6928 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6929 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6930
6931 :active ENABLE
6932 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6933 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6934 alias for `:active'.
6935
6936 :visible INCLUDE
6937 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6938 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6939 `:visible'.
6940
6941 :label FORM
6942 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6943 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6944
6945 :suffix FORM
6946 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6947 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6948
6949 :style STYLE
6950 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6951 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6952 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6953
6954 :selected SELECTED
6955 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6956 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6957
6958 :help HELP
6959 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6960
6961 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6962 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6963 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6964
6965 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6966 MENU. This is a submenu.
6967
6968 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6969
6970 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6971
6972 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6973
6974
6975 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6978 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6979 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6980 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6981
6982 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6983
6984 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6985 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6986 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6987 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6988 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6989 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6990
6991 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6992 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6993 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6994
6995 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6996 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6997 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6998
6999 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7000 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7001
7002 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7003
7004 ;;;***
7005 \f
7006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7009 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7010
7011 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7012 Customization for ebnf group.
7013
7014 \(fn)" t nil)
7015
7016 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7017 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7018
7019 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7020
7021 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7022 processed.
7023
7024 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7025
7026 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7027
7028 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7029 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7030
7031 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7032 killed after process termination.
7033
7034 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7035
7036 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7037
7038 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7040
7041 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7042 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7043 it to the printer.
7044
7045 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7046 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7047 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7048 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7049
7050 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7054 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7055
7056 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7057
7058 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7059 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7060
7061 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7062
7063 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7064 processed.
7065
7066 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7067
7068 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7069
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7072
7073 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7074 killed after process termination.
7075
7076 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7077
7078 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7082 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7083 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7084
7085 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7086
7087 \(fn)" t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7091 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7092
7093 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7094
7095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7096
7097 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7098 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7099
7100 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7101
7102 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7103 processed.
7104
7105 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7106
7107 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7108
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7111
7112 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7113 killed after EPS generation.
7114
7115 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7116
7117 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7121
7122 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7123 The EPS file name has the following form:
7124
7125 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7126
7127 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7128 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7129
7130 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7131 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7132 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7133 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7134 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7135
7136 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7137 files.
7138
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7143
7144 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7145 The EPS file name has the following form:
7146
7147 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7148
7149 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7150 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7151
7152 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7153 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7154 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7155 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7156 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7157
7158 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7159 files.
7160
7161 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7162
7163 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7167
7168 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7169
7170 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7171 are processed.
7172
7173 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7174
7175 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7179
7180 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7181 killed after syntax checking.
7182
7183 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7184
7185 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7186
7187 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7188 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7189
7190 \(fn)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7194
7195 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7199
7200 \(fn)" nil nil)
7201
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7204
7205 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7206
7207 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7208
7209 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7211
7212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7213
7214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Delete style NAME.
7218
7219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7220
7221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7222
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7225
7226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7227
7228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Set STYLE as the current style.
7232
7233 Returns the old style symbol.
7234
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236
7237 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Reset current style.
7241
7242 Returns the old style symbol.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7250
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7252
7253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7254
7255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7256
7257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7261
7262 Returns the old style symbol.
7263
7264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7265
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7267
7268 \(fn)" t nil)
7269
7270 ;;;***
7271 \f
7272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7273 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7277 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7278 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7279 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7280 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7281 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7282
7283 Tree mode key bindings:
7284 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7285
7286 \(fn)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7289 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7290
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7294 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7295
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7299 View declaration of member at point.
7300
7301 \(fn)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7304 Find declaration of member at point.
7305
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7309 View definition of member at point.
7310
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7314 Find definition of member at point.
7315
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7319 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7324 View definition of member at point in other window.
7325
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7329 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7330
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7339 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7340
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7344 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7349 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7350 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7351 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7352 completion.
7353
7354 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7357 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7358 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7359 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7360
7361 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7364 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7365 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7366 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7367
7368 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7371 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7372 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7373
7374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7377 Search for call sites of a member.
7378 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7379 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7380 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7381 looks like a function call to the member.
7382
7383 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7386 Move backward in the position stack.
7387 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7388
7389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7392 Move forward in the position stack.
7393 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7394
7395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7398 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7399
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7403 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7408 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7409 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7410 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7411
7412 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7415 Display statistics for a class tree.
7416
7417 \(fn)" t nil)
7418
7419 ;;;***
7420 \f
7421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7422 ;;;;;; 0))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7424
7425 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7426 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7427 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7428 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7429 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7430 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7431 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7432
7433 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7434
7435 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7436 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7437 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7438 also has this effect.
7439 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7440 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7441 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7442 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7443 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7444 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7445 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7446 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7447 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7448 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7449
7450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451
7452 ;;;***
7453 \f
7454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7455 ;;;;;; 0))
7456 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7457
7458 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7459 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7460 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7461
7462 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7463
7464 ;;;***
7465 \f
7466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7469
7470 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7471
7472
7473 \(fn)" nil nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21350 58112 380040 0))
7478 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7479 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7480
7481 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7482 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7483 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7486 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7487
7488 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7489
7490 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7491 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7495
7496 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7497 an EDE controlled project.
7498
7499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7500
7501 ;;;***
7502 \f
7503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21452 59559
7504 ;;;;;; 901066 0))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7506
7507 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7508 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7509 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7510 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7511 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7512
7513 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7514 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7515 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7516 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7517
7518 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7519
7520 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7521 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7522 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7523 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7524
7525 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7526
7527 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7528 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7529 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7530 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7531
7532 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7533
7534 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7535
7536 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7537 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7538 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7539 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7540 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7541
7542 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7543 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7544 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7545 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7546 instrumented for Edebug.
7547
7548 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7549 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7550 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7551 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7552 already is one.)
7553
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7555
7556 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7557 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7558
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7560
7561 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7562 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7563
7564 \(fn)" t nil)
7565
7566 ;;;***
7567 \f
7568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7570 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7571
7572 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7573 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7574
7575 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7576
7577 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7578 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7579
7580 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7581
7582 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7583
7584 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7587 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7588 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7589 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7590
7591 \(fn)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7594 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7595 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7596 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7601 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7602
7603 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7604
7605 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7606
7607 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7608 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7609
7610 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7611
7612 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7613
7614 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7615 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7616 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7617 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7618
7619 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7620
7621 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7625 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7626 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7627
7628 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7634 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7635 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7636
7637 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7644 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7645
7646 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7651 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7652 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7653 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7654 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7655 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7656
7657 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7661 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7662 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7663
7664 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7665
7666 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7670 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7671 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7672
7673 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7674
7675 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7676
7677 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7678
7679 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7680 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7681 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7682 follows:
7683 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7684 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7685
7686 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7689 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7690 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7691 follows:
7692 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7693 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7694
7695 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7699 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7700 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7701 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7702
7703 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7704
7705 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7707 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7708 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7709 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7710 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7711
7712 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7713
7714 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7715
7716 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7717 Merge two files without ancestor.
7718
7719 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7720
7721 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7722 Merge two files with ancestor.
7723
7724 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7725
7726 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7729 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7730
7731 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7734 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7735
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7737
7738 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7740 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7741 buffer.
7742
7743 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7744
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7746 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7747 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7748 buffer.
7749
7750 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7751
7752 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7753 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7754 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7755 and don't ask the user.
7756 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7757 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7758
7759 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7763 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7764 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7765 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7766 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7767 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7768 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7769
7770 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7773
7774 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7778 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7779 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7780 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7781
7782 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7783
7784 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7787 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7788 When called interactively, displays the version.
7789
7790 \(fn)" t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7793 Display Ediff's manual.
7794 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7795
7796 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7799
7800
7801 \(fn)" nil nil)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7804
7805
7806 \(fn)" nil nil)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7809
7810
7811 \(fn)" nil nil)
7812
7813 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7814
7815
7816 \(fn)" nil nil)
7817
7818 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7819
7820
7821 \(fn)" nil nil)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7824
7825
7826 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7829
7830
7831 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832
7833 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7834
7835
7836 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837
7838 ;;;***
7839 \f
7840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7841 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7842 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7843
7844 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7845
7846
7847 \(fn)" t nil)
7848
7849 ;;;***
7850 \f
7851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21429 11690
7852 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
7853 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7854
7855 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7856 Display Ediff's registry.
7857
7858 \(fn)" t nil)
7859
7860 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7861
7862 ;;;***
7863 \f
7864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21458 11942
7865 ;;;;;; 975332 0))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7869 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7870 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7871 which see.
7872
7873 \(fn)" t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7876 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7877 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7878 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7879
7880 \(fn)" t nil)
7881
7882 ;;;***
7883 \f
7884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7885 ;;;;;; 0))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7887 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7888
7889 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7890 Edit a keyboard macro.
7891 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7892 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7893 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7894 its command name.
7895 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7896
7897 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7900 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7901
7902 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7905 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7906
7907 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7910 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7911 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7912 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7913 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7914 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7915
7916 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7917 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7918 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7919 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7920
7921 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7924 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7925 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7926 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7927 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7928 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7929
7930 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7931
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21417 20521 870414
7935 ;;;;;; 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7937
7938 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7939 Set scroll margins.
7940 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7941 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7942
7943 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7944
7945 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7946 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7947
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7949
7950 ;;;***
7951 \f
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7954
7955 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7956 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7957 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7958 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7959 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7960 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7961 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7962
7963 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7964 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7965
7966 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7967 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7968 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7969 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7970
7971 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7972 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7973 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7974
7975 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7976 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7977 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7978
7979 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7980
7981 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7982
7983
7984 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7985
7986 ;;;***
7987 \f
7988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21379 5529 990138
7989 ;;;;;; 255000))
7990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7991 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
7996 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7998 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7999
8000 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8001 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8002 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8003 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8004 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8005 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8006 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8007
8008 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8009
8010 ;;;***
8011 \f
8012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21491 9262 4301
8013 ;;;;;; 0))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8015
8016 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8017 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8018
8019 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8020
8021 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8022 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8024 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8025 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8026
8027 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8028 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8029 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8030 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8031 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8032 expression point is on.
8033
8034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8035
8036 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8037
8038 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function #'eldoc-documentation-function-default "\
8039 Function to call to return doc string.
8040 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8041 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8042 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8043 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8044 arg list.
8045
8046 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8047 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8048 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8049 effect.
8050
8051 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8052 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8053
8054 ;;;***
8055 \f
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8057 ;;;;;; 0))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8059
8060 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8061 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8062
8063 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8064 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8065 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8066
8067 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8068
8069 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8070 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8071 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8074 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8075
8076 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8077
8078 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8079 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8081 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8082 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8083
8084 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8085 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8086 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8087
8088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8089
8090 ;;;***
8091 \f
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8093 ;;;;;; 0))
8094 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8095
8096 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8097 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8098
8099 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8100 an elided material again.
8101
8102 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8103
8104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8105
8106 ;;;***
8107 \f
8108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8109 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8111
8112 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8113 Lint the file FILE.
8114
8115 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8116
8117 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8118 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8119 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8120
8121 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8122
8123 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8124 Lint the current buffer.
8125 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8126
8127 \(fn)" t nil)
8128
8129 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8130 Lint the function at point.
8131 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8132
8133 \(fn)" t nil)
8134
8135 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8136 Initialize elint.
8137 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8138 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8139
8140 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8141
8142 ;;;***
8143 \f
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8145 ;;;;;; 0))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8147
8148 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8149 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8150 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8151
8152 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8155 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8156 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8157 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8158
8159 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8162 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8163 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8164
8165 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8166
8167 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8170 Display current profiling results.
8171 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8172 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8173 displayed.
8174
8175 \(fn)" t nil)
8176
8177 ;;;***
8178 \f
8179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8180 ;;;;;; 0))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8182
8183 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8184 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8185 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8186 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8187 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8188 ARG is omitted or nil.
8189
8190 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8191 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8192 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8193 used instead.
8194
8195 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8196
8197 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8198 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8199 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8200
8201 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8202
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8204
8205 ;;;***
8206 \f
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8208 ;;;;;; 615000))
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8210
8211 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8212 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8213 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8214
8215 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8216
8217 ;;;***
8218 \f
8219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21364 37926 837230
8220 ;;;;;; 0))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8222
8223 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8224 Run Emerge on two files.
8225
8226 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8229 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8230
8231 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8232
8233 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8234 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8235
8236 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8237
8238 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8239 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8240
8241 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8244
8245
8246 \(fn)" nil nil)
8247
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8249
8250
8251 \(fn)" nil nil)
8252
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8254
8255
8256 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8259
8260
8261 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8264 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8265
8266 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8269 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8270
8271 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8274
8275
8276 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8277
8278 ;;;***
8279 \f
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8281 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8283
8284 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8285 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8286 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8287 text/enriched format.
8288
8289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8292
8293 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8294
8295 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8296 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8297
8298 Commands:
8299
8300 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8301
8302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8305
8306
8307 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8310
8311
8312 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8317 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8318
8319 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8320 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8321
8322 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8325 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8326
8327 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8330 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8331 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8332 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8333 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8334 the keys are listed.
8335 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8336
8337 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8340 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8341 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8342
8343 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8346 Verify FILE.
8347
8348 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8349
8350 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8351 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8352
8353 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8356 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8357
8358 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8361 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8362
8363 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8364 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8365 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8366 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8367
8368 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8369 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8370 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8371 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8372 should consider using the string based counterpart
8373 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8374 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8375
8376 For example:
8377
8378 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8379 (decode-coding-string
8380 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8381 'utf-8))
8382
8383 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8386 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8387
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8390
8391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8392
8393 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8394
8395 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8396 Verify the current region between START and END.
8397
8398 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8399 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8400 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8401 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8402 should consider using the string based counterpart
8403 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8404 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8405
8406 For example:
8407
8408 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8409 (decode-coding-string
8410 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8411 'utf-8))
8412
8413 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8414
8415 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8416
8417 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8418 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8419 between START and END.
8420
8421 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8422 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8423
8424 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8425
8426 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8427
8428 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8429 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8430
8431 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8432 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8433 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8434 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8435 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8436 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8437
8438 For example:
8439
8440 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8441 (epg-sign-string
8442 context
8443 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8444
8445 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8446
8447 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8448
8449 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8450 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8451
8452 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8453 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8454 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8455 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8456 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8457 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8458
8459 For example:
8460
8461 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8462 (epg-encrypt-string
8463 context
8464 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8465 nil))
8466
8467 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8468
8469 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8470
8471 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8472 Delete selected KEYS.
8473
8474 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8475
8476 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8477 Import keys from FILE.
8478
8479 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8482 Import keys from the region.
8483
8484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8487 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8488 between START and END.
8489
8490 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8493 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8494
8495 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8498 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8499
8500 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8501
8502 ;;;***
8503 \f
8504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8505 ;;;;;; 0))
8506 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8509 Decrypt marked files.
8510
8511 \(fn)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8514 Verify marked files.
8515
8516 \(fn)" t nil)
8517
8518 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8519 Sign marked files.
8520
8521 \(fn)" t nil)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8524 Encrypt marked files.
8525
8526 \(fn)" t nil)
8527
8528 ;;;***
8529 \f
8530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8531 ;;;;;; 0))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8533
8534 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8535
8536
8537 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8538
8539 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8540
8541
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8545
8546
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8548
8549 ;;;***
8550 \f
8551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8552 ;;;;;; 0))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8556 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8558 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8559 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8560
8561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8564 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8565 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8566
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8568
8569 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8570
8571 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8572 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8573 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8574
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8576
8577 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8580 Sign the current buffer.
8581 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8582
8583 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8584
8585 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8586
8587 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8588 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8589 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8590 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8591 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8592 and also whether and how to sign.
8593
8594 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8595 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8596 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8597
8598 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8599
8600 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8603 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8604 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8605
8606 \(fn)" t nil)
8607
8608 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8609
8610 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8611 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8612 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8615 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8616
8617 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8618
8619 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8620 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8621 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8622 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8623 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8624
8625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8626
8627 ;;;***
8628 \f
8629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21364 37926 837230 0))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8631 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8632
8633 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8634 Return a context object.
8635
8636 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8637
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8641 ;;;;;; 0))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8643
8644 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8645 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8646
8647 \(fn)" nil nil)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8650 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8651
8652 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8655 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8656
8657 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8658
8659 ;;;***
8660 \f
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21484 36010 707226 0))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8663 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8664
8665 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8666 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8667
8668 \(fn)" nil nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8671 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8672 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8673
8674 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8675
8676 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8677 (server (erc-compute-server))
8678 (port (erc-compute-port))
8679 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8680 password
8681 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8682
8683 That is, if called with
8684
8685 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8686
8687 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8688 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8689 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8690
8691 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8692
8693 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8694
8695 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8696 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8697 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8698
8699 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8700
8701 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8702 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8703 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8704 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8705
8706 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8707
8708 ;;;***
8709 \f
8710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8711 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8713 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8714
8715 ;;;***
8716 \f
8717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8718 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8720 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8721
8722 ;;;***
8723 \f
8724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8725 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8727 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8728
8729 ;;;***
8730 \f
8731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8732 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8734 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8735
8736 ;;;***
8737 \f
8738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8739 ;;;;;; 0))
8740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8741 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8742
8743 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8744 Parser for /dcc command.
8745 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8746 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8747 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8748
8749 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8750
8751 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8752 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8753
8754 \(fn)" nil nil)
8755
8756 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8757 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8758
8759 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8760 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8761 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8762 that subcommand.
8763
8764 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8765
8766 ;;;***
8767 \f
8768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8769 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8771 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8772
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8776 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8778
8779 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8780 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8781
8782 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8783
8784 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8785 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8786 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8787 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8788
8789 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8790
8791 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8792
8793
8794 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8797 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8798
8799 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8800
8801 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8802 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8803
8804 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8805
8806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8807 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8808
8809 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8810
8811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8813
8814 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8818
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8823
8824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8828
8829 \(fn)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8833
8834 \(fn)" nil nil)
8835
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8839 ;;;;;; 0))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8844 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8845 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8846
8847 \(fn)" nil nil)
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8852 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8855
8856 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8857 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8858 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8859 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8860 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8861 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8862 system.
8863
8864 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8865
8866 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8867
8868
8869 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8870
8871 ;;;***
8872 \f
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8874 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8876
8877 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8878
8879
8880 \(fn)" nil nil)
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8885 ;;;;;; 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8892 ;;;;;; 0))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8894 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8895
8896 ;;;***
8897 \f
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8899 ;;;;;; 0))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8901 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8902
8903 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8904 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8905 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8906 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8907 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8908 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8909
8910 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8913 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8914 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8915 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8916
8917 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8918 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8919 automatically.
8920
8921 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8922 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8923
8924 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8925
8926 ;;;***
8927 \f
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8929 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8931 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8934 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8935
8936 \(fn)" t nil)
8937
8938 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8939 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8940
8941 \(fn)" t nil)
8942
8943 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8944 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8945
8946 \(fn)" t nil)
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8949 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8954 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8955
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8959 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8960
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8964 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8965
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8969 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8970
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8972
8973 ;;;***
8974 \f
8975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
8976 ;;;;;; 0))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8978 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8979
8980 ;;;***
8981 \f
8982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
8983 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8985 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8986
8987 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8988 Show who's gone.
8989
8990 \(fn)" nil nil)
8991
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
8995 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
8996 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8999 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9000 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9001 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9002
9003 \(fn)" nil nil)
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9006 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9007
9008 \(fn)" t nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9013 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9018 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9019 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9020 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9021
9022 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9023
9024 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9025
9026
9027 \(fn)" nil nil)
9028
9029 ;;;***
9030 \f
9031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9032 ;;;;;; 0))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9034 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9035
9036 ;;;***
9037 \f
9038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9039 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9041 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9042
9043 ;;;***
9044 \f
9045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9046 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9048 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9049
9050 ;;;***
9051 \f
9052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9053 ;;;;;; 0))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9060 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9063
9064 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9065 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9066
9067 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9068
9069 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9070 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9071 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9072
9073 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9078 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9081
9082 ;;;***
9083 \f
9084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9085 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9087
9088 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9089 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9090 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9091
9092 \(fn)" t nil)
9093
9094 ;;;***
9095 \f
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9097 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9100
9101 ;;;***
9102 \f
9103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21481 59815
9104 ;;;;;; 980216 0))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9107
9108 ;;;***
9109 \f
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9111 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9113
9114 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9115 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9116 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9117
9118 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9119
9120 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9121 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9125
9126 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9127 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9128 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9129 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9130
9131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9132 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9133
9134 ;;;***
9135 \f
9136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9137 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9140
9141 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9142 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9143 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9144 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9145
9146 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9149 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9150 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9151
9152 \(fn)" t nil)
9153
9154 ;;;***
9155 \f
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9157 ;;;;;; 0))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9160
9161 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9162 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9163
9164 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9165
9166 ;;;***
9167 \f
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21419 62246 751914
9169 ;;;;;; 0))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9171
9172 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9173 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9174
9175 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9176 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9177
9178 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9179 useful for assertions in BODY.
9180
9181 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9182
9183 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9184 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9185 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9186
9187 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9188
9189 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9190
9191 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9192
9193 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9194 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9195
9196 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9197 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9198 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9199 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9200
9201 Returns the stats object.
9202
9203 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9204
9205 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9206 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9207
9208 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9209 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9210 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9211 the tests).
9212
9213 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9214
9215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9216 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9217
9218 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9219 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9220 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9221 and how to display message.
9222
9223 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9224
9225 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9226
9227 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9228 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9229
9230 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9231
9232 ;;;***
9233 \f
9234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9235 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9237
9238 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9239
9240 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9241 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9242
9243 \(fn)" t nil)
9244
9245 ;;;***
9246 \f
9247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9248 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9250
9251 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9252 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9253
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21403 21396 190131
9259 ;;;;;; 14000))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9261 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9262
9263 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9264 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9265 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9266 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9267 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9268 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9269 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9270 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9271 buffer selected (or created).
9272
9273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9274
9275 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9276 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9277 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9278
9279 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9282 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9283 The result might be any Lisp object.
9284 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9285 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9286 corresponding to a successful execution.
9287
9288 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9289
9290 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9295 ;;;;;; 0))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9297
9298 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9299 File name of tags table.
9300 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9301 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9302 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9303 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9304 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9305
9306 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9307 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9308 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9309 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9310
9311 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9312
9313 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9314 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9315 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9316 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9317 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9318 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9319
9320 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9321
9322 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9323 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9324 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9325
9326 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9327
9328 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9329 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9330 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9331 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9332 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9333
9334 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9335
9336 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9337 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9338 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9339 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9340
9341 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9342
9343 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9344 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9345 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9346 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9347 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9348
9349 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9350
9351 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9352 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9353
9354 \(fn)" t nil)
9355
9356 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9357 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9358 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9359 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9360
9361 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9362 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9363 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9364 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9365 file the tag was in.
9366
9367 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9368
9369 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9370 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9371 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9372 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9373 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9374 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9375 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9376 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9377 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9378
9379 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9380
9381 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9382 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9383 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9384 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9385 without directory names.
9386
9387 \(fn)" nil nil)
9388 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9389 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9390 (progn
9391 (load "etags")
9392 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9393
9394 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9395 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9396 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9397 but does not select the buffer.
9398 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9399
9400 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9401 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9402 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9403 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9404 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9405
9406 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9407
9408 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9409 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9410 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9411
9412 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9413
9414 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9415
9416 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9417 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9418 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9419 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9420
9421 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9422 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9423 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9424 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9425 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9426
9427 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9428
9429 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9430 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9431 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9432
9433 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9434
9435 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9436 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9437
9438 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9439 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9440 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9441 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9442 around or before point.
9443
9444 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9445 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9446 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9447 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9448 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9449
9450 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9451
9452 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9453 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9454 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9455
9456 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9457
9458 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9459 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9460
9461 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9464 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9465 around or before point.
9466
9467 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9468 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9469 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9470 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9471 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9472
9473 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9474
9475 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9476 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9477 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9478
9479 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9480
9481 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9482 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9483
9484 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9485 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9486 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9487
9488 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9489 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9490 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9491 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9492 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9493
9494 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9495
9496 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9497 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9498 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9499
9500 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9501
9502 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9503 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9504 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9505
9506 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9507 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9508
9509 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9510 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9511 where they were found.
9512
9513 \(fn)" t nil)
9514
9515 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9516 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9517
9518 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9519 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9520 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9521
9522 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9523 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9524
9525 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9526 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9527
9528 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9529
9530 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9531 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9532 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9533 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9534
9535 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9536 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9537 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9538 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9539 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9540
9541 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9542 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9543
9544 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9545 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9546 Stops when a match is found.
9547 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9548
9549 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9550 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9551 restricted to these files.
9552
9553 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9554
9555 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9556
9557 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9558 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9559 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9560 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9561 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9562 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9563 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9564 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9565
9566 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9567 produce the list of files to search.
9568
9569 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9570
9571 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9572
9573 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9574 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9575 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9576 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9577 directory specification.
9578
9579 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9580
9581 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9582 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9583
9584 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9587 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9588 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9589 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9590
9591 \(fn)" t nil)
9592
9593 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9594 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9595 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9596 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9597 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9598
9599 \(fn)" t nil)
9600
9601 ;;;***
9602 \f
9603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9604 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9606
9607 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9608
9609
9610 \(fn)" nil nil)
9611
9612 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9613 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9614
9615 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9616 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9617
9618 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9619 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9620 primary language.
9621
9622 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9623 even if the buffer is read-only.
9624
9625 See also the descriptions of the variables
9626 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9627
9628 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9629
9630 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9631 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9632
9633 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9634 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9635
9636 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9637 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9638 primary language.
9639
9640 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9641 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9642
9643 See also the descriptions of the variables
9644 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9645
9646 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9647
9648 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9649 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9650 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9651 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9652
9653 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9654
9655 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9656 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9657 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9658 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9659
9660 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9661 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9662 primary language.
9663
9664 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9665 buffer is read-only.
9666
9667 See also the descriptions of the variables
9668 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9669 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9670
9671 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9672
9673 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9674 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9675
9676 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9677 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9678
9679 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9680 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9681 the primary language.
9682
9683 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9684 buffer is read-only.
9685
9686 See also the descriptions of the variables
9687 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9688 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9689
9690 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9693 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9694 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9695
9696 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9697
9698 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9699 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9700
9701 \(fn)" t nil)
9702
9703 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9704 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9705
9706 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9707 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9708 be 1, 2, or 3.
9709
9710 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9711 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9712 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9713
9714 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9715
9716 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9719 This function is deprecated.
9720
9721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9722
9723 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9724 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9725
9726 \(fn)" t nil)
9727
9728 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9729 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9730
9731 \(fn)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9734 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9735
9736 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9737 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9738
9739 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9740 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9741
9742 \(fn)" nil nil)
9743
9744 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9745 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9746
9747 \(fn)" nil nil)
9748
9749 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9750 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9751
9752 \(fn)" nil nil)
9753
9754 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9755 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9756
9757 \(fn)" nil nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9760 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9761 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9762
9763 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9766
9767
9768 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9769
9770 ;;;***
9771 \f
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9774
9775 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9776 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9777 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9778 server for future sessions.
9779
9780 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9781
9782 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9783 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9784 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9785
9786 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9787
9788 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9789 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9790 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9791
9792 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9795 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9796 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9797 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9798 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9799 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9800 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9801 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9802 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9803 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9804 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9805 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9806
9807 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9810 Display a form to query the directory server.
9811 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9812 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9813
9814 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9815
9816 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9817 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9818 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9819
9820 \(fn)" t nil)
9821
9822 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9823
9824 ;;;***
9825 \f
9826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9827 ;;;;;; 0))
9828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9829
9830 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9831 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9832
9833 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9834
9835 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9836 Display URL and make it clickable.
9837
9838 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9841 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9842
9843 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9844
9845 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9846 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9847
9848 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9849
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9852
9853 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9857
9858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9859
9860 ;;;***
9861 \f
9862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9863 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9865
9866 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9867 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9868 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9869
9870 \(fn)" t nil)
9871
9872 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9873 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9874
9875 \(fn)" t nil)
9876
9877 ;;;***
9878 \f
9879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9880 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9882
9883 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9884 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9885
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9887
9888 ;;;***
9889 \f
9890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9891 ;;;;;; 0))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9893
9894 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9895 Create an empty ewoc.
9896
9897 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9898
9899 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9900 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9901 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9902 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9903 `insert-before-markers'.
9904
9905 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9906 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9907 respectively, of the ewoc.
9908
9909 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9910 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9911 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9912
9913 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9914
9915 ;;;***
9916 \f
9917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21474 169 693017 0))
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9919
9920 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9921 Fetch URL and render the page.
9922 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9923 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9924
9925 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9926 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9927
9928 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9929 Render a file using EWW.
9930
9931 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9934
9935
9936 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9937
9938 ;;;***
9939 \f
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9941 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9943
9944 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9945 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9946 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9947
9948 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9949
9950 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9951 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9952 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9953 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9954 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9955
9956 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9957
9958 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9959 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9960 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9961 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9962 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9963 executable.
9964
9965 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9968 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9969 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9970
9971 \(fn)" t nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9974 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9975 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9976 file modes.
9977
9978 \(fn)" nil nil)
9979
9980 ;;;***
9981 \f
9982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9984
9985 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9986 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9987 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9988 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9989
9990 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9991
9992 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9993 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9994 to generate such functions.
9995
9996 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9997 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9998 beginning of the expanded text.
9999
10000 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10001 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10002 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10003 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10004
10005 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10006
10007 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10008
10009 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10010 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10011 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10012
10013 \(fn)" nil nil)
10014
10015 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10016 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10017 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10018
10019 \(fn)" t nil)
10020
10021 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10022 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10023 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10024
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10026 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10027 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10028
10029 ;;;***
10030 \f
10031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21429 11690 49391
10032 ;;;;;; 0))
10033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10034
10035 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10036 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10037 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10038
10039 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10040 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10041 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10042
10043 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10044
10045 Key definitions:
10046 \\{f90-mode-map}
10047
10048 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10049
10050 `f90-do-indent'
10051 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10052 `f90-if-indent'
10053 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10054 `f90-type-indent'
10055 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10056 `f90-program-indent'
10057 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10058 (default 2).
10059 `f90-associate-indent'
10060 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10061 `f90-critical-indent'
10062 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10063 `f90-continuation-indent'
10064 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10065 `f90-comment-region'
10066 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10067 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10068 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10069 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10070 (default \"!\").
10071 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10072 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10073 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10074 `f90-break-delimiters'
10075 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10076 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10077 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10078 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10079 (default t).
10080 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10081 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10082 `f90-smart-end'
10083 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10084 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10085 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10086 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10087 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10088 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10089 `f90-leave-line-no'
10090 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10091
10092 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10093 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10094
10095 \(fn)" t nil)
10096
10097 ;;;***
10098 \f
10099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10100 ;;;;;; 0))
10101 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10102
10103 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10104 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10105 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10106 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10107
10108 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10109 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10110 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10111 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10112 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10113
10114 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10115 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10116 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10117 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10118 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10119 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10120 attributes.
10121
10122 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10123 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10124
10125 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10126
10127 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10128 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10129 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10130 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10131
10132 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10133
10134 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10135 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10136 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10137 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10138
10139 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10140 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10141 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10142
10143 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10144 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10145 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10146 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10147
10148 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10151 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10152 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10153
10154 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10155 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10156 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10157 the same amount).
10158
10159 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10160
10161 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10162 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10163 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10164
10165 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10166 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10167 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10168 will remove any scaling currently active.
10169
10170 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10171
10172 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10173 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10174 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10175
10176 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10177 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10178 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10179 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10180 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10181
10182 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10183 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10184
10185 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10186
10187 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10188 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10189
10190 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10191 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10192 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10193
10194 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10195 the face height as long as the input event read
10196 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10197
10198 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10199 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10200 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10201 will remove any scaling currently active.
10202
10203 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10204 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10205 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10206 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10207 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10208
10209 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10212 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10213 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10214 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10215 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10216 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10217
10218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10219
10220 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10221 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10222 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10223 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10224 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10225 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10226 `buffer-face-mode'.
10227
10228 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10229 local, and sets it to FACE.
10230
10231 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10232
10233 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10234 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10235 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10236 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10237 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10238 `face' text property.
10239
10240 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10241 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10242 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10243 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10244
10245 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10246 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10247
10248 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10249
10250 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10251 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10252 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10253 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10254
10255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10256
10257 ;;;***
10258 \f
10259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10260 ;;;;;; 0))
10261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10262 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10263
10264 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10265 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10266 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10267 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10268
10269 \(fn)" nil nil)
10270
10271 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10272 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10273
10274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10275
10276 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10277 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10278 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10279 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10280
10281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10282
10283 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10284 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10285 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10286 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10287 backup file names and the like).
10288
10289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10290
10291 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10292 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10293 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10294 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10295 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10296 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10297 internally by feedmail):
10298
10299 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10300 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10301 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10302 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10303
10304 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10305 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10306 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10307 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10308 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10309
10310 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10311
10312 ;;;***
10313 \f
10314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21401 32300 989919 0))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10316
10317 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10318 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10319 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10320 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10321 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10322 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10323 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10324
10325 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10326
10327 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10328 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10329 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10330 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10331 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10332 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10333 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10334
10335 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10336
10337 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10338
10339 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10340 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10341 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10342 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10343 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10344 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10345
10346 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10349 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10350 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10351 Return value:
10352 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10353 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10354 * otherwise, nil
10355
10356 \(fn E)" t nil)
10357
10358 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10359 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10360 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10361
10362 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10365 Try to get a file name at point.
10366 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10367
10368 \(fn)" nil nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10371 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10372
10373 \(fn)" t nil)
10374
10375 ;;;***
10376 \f
10377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10378 ;;;;;; 0))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10380
10381 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10382 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10383 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10384 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10385
10386 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10389 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10390 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10391 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10392 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10393 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10394
10395 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10398 Add FILE to the file cache.
10399
10400 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10401
10402 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10403 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10404 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10405
10406 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10409 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10410 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10411
10412 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10415 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10416 This function does not use any external programs.
10417 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10418 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10419 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10420
10421 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10422
10423 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10424 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10425 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10426 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10427 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10428 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10429 \(directories) is done.
10430
10431 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10432
10433 ;;;***
10434 \f
10435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10436 ;;;;;; 0))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10438
10439 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10440 Handle file system monitoring event.
10441 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10442 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10443
10444 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10445
10446 ;;;***
10447 \f
10448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10449 ;;;;;; 0))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10451
10452 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10453 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10454
10455 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10456 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10457 Local Variables list.
10458
10459 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10460 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10461 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10462
10463 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10466 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10467
10468 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10469
10470 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10471 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10472
10473 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10474 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10475 the -*- line.
10476
10477 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10478 then this function adds it.
10479
10480 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10483 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10484
10485 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10486
10487 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10488 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10489
10490 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10493 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10494
10495 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10496
10497 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10498 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10499
10500 \(fn)" t nil)
10501
10502 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10503 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10504
10505 \(fn)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10508 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10509
10510 \(fn)" t nil)
10511
10512 ;;;***
10513 \f
10514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10515 ;;;;;; 0))
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10517
10518 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10519 Filesets initialization.
10520 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10521
10522 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523
10524 ;;;***
10525 \f
10526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10527 ;;;;;; 0))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10529 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10530
10531 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10532 Initiate the building of a find command.
10533 For example:
10534
10535 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10536 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10537 (mtime \"+1\"))
10538 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10539
10540 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10541 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10542
10543 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10544
10545 ;;;***
10546 \f
10547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10548 ;;;;;; 0))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10550
10551 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10552 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10553 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10554
10555 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10556
10557 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10558 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10559
10560 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10563 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10564 and run Dired on those files.
10565 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10566 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10567
10568 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10569
10570 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10571
10572 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10573
10574 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10575 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10576 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10577
10578 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10579 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10580
10581 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10582 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10583
10584 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10585
10586 ;;;***
10587 \f
10588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10589 ;;;;;; 0))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10591
10592 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10593 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10594 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10595 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10596 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10597 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10598 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10599
10600 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10601
10602 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10603 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10604 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10605
10606 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10607
10608 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10609
10610 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10611
10612 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10613 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10614 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10615
10616 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10617 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10618
10619 Variables of interest include:
10620
10621 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10622 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10623 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10624
10625 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10626 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10627 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10628
10629 - `ff-ignore-include'
10630 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10631
10632 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10633 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10634
10635 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10636 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10637
10638 - `ff-special-constructs'
10639 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10640 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10641 extracting the filename from that construct.
10642
10643 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10644 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10645
10646 - `ff-search-directories'
10647 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10648 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10649
10650 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10651 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10652
10653 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10654 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10655
10656 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10657 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10658
10659 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10660 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10661
10662 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10663 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10664
10665 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10666
10667 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10668 Visit the file you click on.
10669
10670 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10671
10672 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10673 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10674
10675 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10676
10677 ;;;***
10678 \f
10679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21419
10680 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
10681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10682
10683 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10684 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10685 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10686
10687 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10688
10689 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10690 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10691 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10692 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10693
10694 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10695 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10696 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10697 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10698
10699 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10700
10701 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10702 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10703
10704 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10705 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10706 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10707 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10708
10709 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10710 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10711 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10712
10713 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10714 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10715 in `load-path'.
10716
10717 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10718
10719 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10720 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10721
10722 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10723 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10724 places point before the definition.
10725 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10726
10727 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10728 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10729 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10730
10731 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10732
10733 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10734 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10735
10736 See `find-function' for more details.
10737
10738 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10739
10740 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10741 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10742
10743 See `find-function' for more details.
10744
10745 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10746
10747 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10748 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10749
10750 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10751 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10752 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10753
10754 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10755 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10756
10757 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10758
10759 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10760 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10761
10762 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10763 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10764 places point before the definition.
10765
10766 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10767
10768 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10769 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10770 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10771
10772 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10773
10774 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10775 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10776
10777 See `find-variable' for more details.
10778
10779 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10780
10781 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10782 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10783
10784 See `find-variable' for more details.
10785
10786 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10787
10788 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10789 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10790 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10791 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10792 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10793 buffer nor display it.
10794
10795 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10796 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10797
10798 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10799
10800 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10801 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10802
10803 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10804 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10805 places point before the definition.
10806
10807 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10808
10809 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10810 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10811 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10812
10813 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10814
10815 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10816 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10817 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10818
10819 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10822 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10823
10824 \(fn)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10827 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10828
10829 \(fn)" t nil)
10830
10831 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10832 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10833
10834 \(fn)" nil nil)
10835
10836 ;;;***
10837 \f
10838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10839 ;;;;;; 0))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10841
10842 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10843 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10844
10845 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10846
10847 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10848 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10849
10850 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10853 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10854
10855 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10856
10857 ;;;***
10858 \f
10859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10861 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10862
10863 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10864 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10865
10866 \(fn)" t nil)
10867
10868 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10869 Display FILE's commentary section.
10870 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10871
10872 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10875 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10876
10877 \(fn)" t nil)
10878
10879 ;;;***
10880 \f
10881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10882 ;;;;;; 0))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10884
10885 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10886 Toggle flow control handling.
10887 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10888 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10889
10890 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10893 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10894 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10895 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10896 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10897 to get the effect of a C-q.
10898
10899 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10900
10901 ;;;***
10902 \f
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10904 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10906
10907 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10908
10909
10910 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10911
10912 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10913
10914
10915 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10916
10917 ;;;***
10918 \f
10919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10920 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10922 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10923
10924 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10925 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10927 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10928 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10929 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10930
10931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10932
10933 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10934 Turn flymake mode on.
10935
10936 \(fn)" nil nil)
10937
10938 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10939 Turn flymake mode off.
10940
10941 \(fn)" nil nil)
10942
10943 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10944
10945
10946 \(fn)" nil nil)
10947
10948 ;;;***
10949 \f
10950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10951 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10953
10954 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10955 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10956
10957 \(fn)" t nil)
10958 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10959
10960 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10961 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10963 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10964 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10965
10966 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10967 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10968 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10969
10970 Bindings:
10971 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10972 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10973 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10974 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10975
10976 Hooks:
10977 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10978
10979 Remark:
10980 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10981 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10982 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10983
10984 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10985 consider adding:
10986 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10987 in your init file.
10988
10989 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10990 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10991
10992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10995 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10996
10997 \(fn)" nil nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11000 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11001
11002 \(fn)" nil nil)
11003
11004 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11005 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11006
11007 \(fn)" nil nil)
11008
11009 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11010 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11011
11012 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11013
11014 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11015 Flyspell whole buffer.
11016
11017 \(fn)" t nil)
11018
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11022 ;;;;;; 0))
11023 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11024 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11025
11026 ;;;***
11027 \f
11028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11030
11031 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11032 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11033
11034 \(fn)" nil nil)
11035
11036 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11037 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11038
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040
11041 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11042 Toggle Follow mode.
11043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11046
11047 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11048 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11049
11050 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11051 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11052 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11053
11054 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11055 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11056 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11057 movement commands.
11058
11059 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11060 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11061 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11062 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11063 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11064 mileage may vary).
11065
11066 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11067 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11068
11069 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11070
11071 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11072
11073 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11074 \\{follow-mode-map}
11075
11076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11077
11078 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11079 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11080
11081 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11082 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11083 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11084 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11085 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11086 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11087
11088 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11089 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11090 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11091
11092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11097 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11099 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11100
11101 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11102 Toggle Footnote mode.
11103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11104 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11105 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11106
11107 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11108 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11109 play around with the following keys:
11110 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11111
11112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11113
11114 ;;;***
11115 \f
11116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11117 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11118
11119 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11120 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11121
11122 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11123 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11124 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11125 C-c < forms-first-record <
11126 C-c > forms-last-record >
11127 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11128 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11129 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11130 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11131 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11132 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11133 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11134 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11135 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11136 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11137
11138 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11139
11140 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11141 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11142
11143 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11144
11145 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11146 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11147
11148 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11149
11150 ;;;***
11151 \f
11152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11153 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11155
11156 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11157 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11158 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11159
11160 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11161 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11162
11163 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11164
11165 Key definitions:
11166 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11167
11168 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11169
11170 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11171 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11172 `fortran-do-indent'
11173 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11174 `fortran-if-indent'
11175 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11176 `fortran-structure-indent'
11177 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11178 (default 3)
11179 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11180 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11181 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11182 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11183 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11184 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11185 nil don't change the indentation
11186 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11187 value of either
11188 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11189 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11190 depending on the continuation format in use.
11191 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11192 indentation for a line of code.
11193 (default 'fixed)
11194 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11195 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11196 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11197 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11198 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11199 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11200 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11201 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11202 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11203 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11204 column 5.
11205 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11206 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11207 statements (default nil).
11208 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11209 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11210 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11211 `fortran-continuation-string'
11212 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11213 line (default \"$\").
11214 `fortran-comment-region'
11215 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11216 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11217 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11218 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11219 as typed (default t).
11220 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11221 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11222
11223 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11224 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11225
11226 \(fn)" t nil)
11227
11228 ;;;***
11229 \f
11230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11231 ;;;;;; 0))
11232 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11233
11234 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11235 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11236
11237 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11238 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11239
11240 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11243 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11244
11245 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11246 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11247
11248 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11249
11250 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11251 Compile fortune file.
11252
11253 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11254 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11255
11256 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11257
11258 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11259 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11260
11261 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11262 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11263 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11264 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11265
11266 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11267
11268 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11269 Display a fortune cookie.
11270 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11271 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11272 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11273 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11274
11275 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276
11277 ;;;***
11278 \f
11279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11280 ;;;;;; 0))
11281 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11282
11283 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11284 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11285 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11286
11287 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11288 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11289 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11290
11291 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11292 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11293
11294 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11295 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11296
11297 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11298 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11299 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11300 intend to modify existing values, do
11301
11302 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11303
11304 before changing anything.
11305
11306 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11307 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11308
11309 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11310 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11311 to restore the frame.
11312
11313 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11314 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11315 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11316
11317 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11318 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11319 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11320 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11321 FILTER A filter function.
11322
11323 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11324 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11325
11326 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11327
11328 where
11329
11330 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11331 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11332 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11333 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11334 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11335 before restoring it.
11336 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11337
11338 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11339 It must return:
11340 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11341 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11342 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11343
11344 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11345 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11346
11347 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11348 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11349 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11350 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11351 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11352 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11353 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11354
11355 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11356
11357 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11358 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11359
11360 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11361
11362 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11363 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11364 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11365 If nil, check all live frames.
11366
11367 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11368
11369 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11370 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11371 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11372 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11373 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11374 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11375 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11376 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11377 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11378 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11379 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11380
11381 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11382
11383 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11384 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11385
11386 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11387 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11388 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11389 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11390 and window-state is not restored.
11391
11392 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11393 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11394
11395 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11396 t All existing frames can be reused.
11397 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11398 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11399 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11400 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11401
11402 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11403 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11404 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11405 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11406 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11407 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11408 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11409 be created from that parameter alist.
11410
11411 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11412 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11413 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11414 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11415 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11416 - the live frame just restored,
11417 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11418 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11419 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11420
11421 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11422 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11423 nil Keep all frames.
11424 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11425 - FRAME, a live frame.
11426 - ACTION, which can be one of
11427 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11428 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11429 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11430 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11431 Return value is ignored.
11432
11433 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11434 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11435 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11436 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11437 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11438
11439 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11440
11441 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11442
11443 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11444 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11445 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11446
11447 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11448
11449 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11450 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11451 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11452
11453 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11454
11455 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11456 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11457 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11458 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11459
11460 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11461
11462 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11463
11464 ;;;***
11465 \f
11466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11469 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11470
11471 ;;;***
11472 \f
11473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21350 58112
11474 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11476
11477 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11478 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11479 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11480
11481 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11482
11483 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11484 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11485 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11486 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11487 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11488 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11489 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11490
11491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11492
11493 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11494 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11495 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11496 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11497
11498 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11499 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11500 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11501 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11502 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11503
11504 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11505 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11506 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11507 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11508
11509 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11510 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11511 shown in some of the buffers.
11512
11513 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11514
11515 The following commands help control operation :
11516
11517 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11518 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11519
11520 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11521 detailed description of this mode.
11522
11523
11524 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11525 | GDB Toolbar |
11526 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11527 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11528 | | |
11529 | | |
11530 | | |
11531 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11532 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11533 | | (comint-mode) |
11534 | | |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11541 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11542 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11543 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11544 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11545 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11546
11547 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11548
11549 ;;;***
11550 \f
11551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11552 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11554
11555 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11556 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11557 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11558 instead (which see).")
11559
11560 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11561 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11562
11563 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11564 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11565 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11566 documentation string instead.
11567
11568 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11569 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11570 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11571 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11572 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11573 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11574 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11575 enders are actually possible.
11576
11577 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11578 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11579
11580 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11581 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11582 `font-lock-keywords'.
11583
11584 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11585 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11586 runs the macro expansion.
11587
11588 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11589 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11590 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11591
11592 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11593
11594 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11595
11596 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11597
11598 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11599
11600 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11601 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11602
11603 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11604
11605 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11606 Enter generic mode MODE.
11607
11608 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11609 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11610 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11611
11612 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11613 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11614
11615 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11618 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11619 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11620 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11621 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11622 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11623 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11624 `font-lock-keywords'.
11625
11626 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11627
11628 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11629
11630 ;;;***
11631 \f
11632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11633 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11635
11636 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11637 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11639 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11640 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11641 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11642
11643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11644
11645 ;;;***
11646 \f
11647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11648 ;;;;;; 123234 0))
11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11650
11651 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11652 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11653 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11654
11655 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11658 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11659
11660 Guideline for numbers:
11661 1 - error messages
11662 3 - non-serious error messages
11663 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11664 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11665 9 - messages inside loops.
11666
11667 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11668
11669 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11670 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11671 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11672
11673 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11674
11675 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11676 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11677
11678 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11679
11680 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11681 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11682
11683 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11684 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11685 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11686 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11687 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11688 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11689
11690 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11691 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11692 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11693 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11694 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11695
11696 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11697
11698 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11699
11700 ;;;***
11701 \f
11702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11704 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11705 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11706 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11709 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11710
11711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11712
11713 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11714 Read network news.
11715 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11716 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11717 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11718 name of an NNTP server to use.
11719 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11720 server.
11721
11722 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11723
11724 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11725 Read news as a slave.
11726
11727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11728
11729 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11730 Pop up a frame to read news.
11731 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11732 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11733 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11734 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11735 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11736 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11737 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11738 current display is used.
11739
11740 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11741
11742 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11743 Read network news.
11744 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11745 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11746 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11747
11748 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11749
11750 ;;;***
11751 \f
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11753 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11755
11756 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11757 Start Gnus unplugged.
11758
11759 \(fn)" t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11762 Start Gnus plugged.
11763
11764 \(fn)" t nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11767 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11768
11769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770
11771 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11772 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11773
11774 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11775 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11776 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11777
11778 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11779 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11780 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11781
11782 \(fn)" t nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11786
11787 \(fn)" nil nil)
11788
11789 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11791 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11792 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11793 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11794 supported.
11795
11796 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11800 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11801 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11802 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11803 supported.
11804
11805 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11806
11807 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11809
11810 \(fn)" nil nil)
11811
11812 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11814 downloaded into the agent.
11815
11816 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11819 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11820 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11821 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11822
11823 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11824
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11827
11828 \(fn)" t nil)
11829
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11832
11833 \(fn)" t nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11837 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11838
11839 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11840
11841 ;;;***
11842 \f
11843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21481 59815
11844 ;;;;;; 980216 0))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11846
11847 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11848 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11849
11850 \(fn)" nil nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11855 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11859 Set a bookmark for this article.
11860
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11862
11863 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11864 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11865
11866 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11869 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11870 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11871 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11872 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11873
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11875
11876 ;;;***
11877 \f
11878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11879 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11881
11882 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11883 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11884
11885 Usage:
11886 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11887
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11891 Generate the cache active file.
11892
11893 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11896 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11897
11898 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11901 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11902 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11903 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11904 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11905 supported.
11906
11907 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11908
11909 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11910 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11911 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11912 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11913 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11914 supported.
11915
11916 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11921 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11923
11924 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11925 Delay this article by some time.
11926 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11927
11928 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11929 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11930
11931 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11932 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11933
11934 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11935 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11936
11937 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11940 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11941
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11943
11944 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11945 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11946 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11947 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11948
11949 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11950 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11951
11952 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11953
11954 ;;;***
11955 \f
11956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11957 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11959
11960 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11961
11962
11963 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11964
11965 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11966
11967
11968 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11969
11970 ;;;***
11971 \f
11972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11973 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11975
11976 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11977 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 ;;;***
11982 \f
11983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
11984 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11988 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11989
11990 \(fn)" t nil)
11991
11992 ;;;***
11993 \f
11994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21355 22953
11995 ;;;;;; 61816 0))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11997
11998 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11999 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12000
12001 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12002
12003 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12004
12005 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12007
12008 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12009
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12013 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12018 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12019
12020 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12021 different input formats.
12022
12023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12024
12025 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12026 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12027
12028 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12029 different input formats.
12030
12031 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12035 The PNG is returned as a string.
12036
12037 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12040 Convert FILE to a Face.
12041 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12042 726 bytes.
12043
12044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12045
12046 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12047 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12048
12049 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12050
12051 \(fn)" t nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12054 Insert a randome Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12055
12056 \(fn)" nil nil)
12057
12058 ;;;***
12059 \f
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12061 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12063
12064 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12065 Display gravatar in the From header.
12066 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12067
12068 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12071 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12072 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12073
12074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12075
12076 ;;;***
12077 \f
12078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12079 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12083 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12084 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12085 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12086
12087 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12090 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12091
12092 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12093
12094 ;;;***
12095 \f
12096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12097 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12099
12100 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12101
12102
12103 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12104
12105 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12106
12107
12108 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12109
12110 ;;;***
12111 \f
12112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12113 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12115
12116 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12117
12118 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12119 Run batched scoring.
12120 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12121
12122 \(fn)" t nil)
12123
12124 ;;;***
12125 \f
12126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12127 ;;;;;; 0))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12129
12130 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12131
12132
12133 \(fn)" nil nil)
12134
12135 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12136 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12137 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12138
12139 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12142 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12143
12144 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12145
12146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12151 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12153
12154 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12155 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12156 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12157 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12158 group parameters.
12159
12160 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12161 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12162 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12163 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12164
12165 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12166 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12167 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12168 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12169 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12170 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12171 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12172 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12173 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12174 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12175
12176 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12177
12178 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12179 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12180 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12181 nil CATCH-ALL).
12182
12183 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12184 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12185
12186 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12187
12188 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12189 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12190 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12191
12192 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12193
12194 \(fn)" nil nil)
12195
12196 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12197 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12198 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12199
12200 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12201
12202 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12203 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12204 existing groups are considered.
12205
12206 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12207 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12208 returned.
12209
12210 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12211 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12212 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12213 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12214 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12215 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12216 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12217 clauses will be generated.
12218
12219 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12220 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12221 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12222 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12223 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12224 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12225
12226 For example, given the following group parameters:
12227
12228 nnml:mail.bar:
12229 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12230 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12231 nnml:mail.foo:
12232 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12233 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12234 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12235 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12236 nnml:mail.others:
12237 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12238
12239 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12240
12241 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12242 \"mail.bar\")
12243 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12244 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12245 \"mail.others\")
12246
12247 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12248
12249 ;;;***
12250 \f
12251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21467 26920
12252 ;;;;;; 243336 0))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12254
12255 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12257 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12258 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12259 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12260 instead.
12261
12262 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12265 Mail to ADDRESS.
12266
12267 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12268
12269 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12270 Like `message-reply'.
12271
12272 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12273
12274 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12275
12276 ;;;***
12277 \f
12278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12279 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12281
12282 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12283 Send a notification on new message.
12284 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12285 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12286 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12287
12288 This is typically a function to add in
12289 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12290
12291 \(fn)" nil nil)
12292
12293 ;;;***
12294 \f
12295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12296 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12300 Display picons in the From header.
12301 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12302
12303 \(fn)" t nil)
12304
12305 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12306 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12307 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12308
12309 \(fn)" t nil)
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12312 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12313 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12314
12315 \(fn)" t nil)
12316
12317 ;;;***
12318 \f
12319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12320 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12322
12323 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12324 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12325 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12326 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12327
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12331 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12332 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12333 LIST1 is modified.
12334
12335 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12338 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12339 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12340
12341 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12342
12343 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12344
12345
12346 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12350 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12351
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12356 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12357
12358 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12359
12360 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12361
12362 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12363 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12364 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12365
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12369 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12370 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12371
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12376 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12377
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12381 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12382
12383 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12384
12385 ;;;***
12386 \f
12387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21350
12388 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12392 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12393
12394 \(fn)" t nil)
12395
12396 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12397 Install the registry hooks.
12398
12399 \(fn)" t nil)
12400
12401 ;;;***
12402 \f
12403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12404 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12406
12407 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12408 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12409 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12410 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12411 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12412 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12413
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12417 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12418 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12419 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12420 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12421
12422 \(fn)" t nil)
12423
12424 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12425
12426
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12428
12429 ;;;***
12430 \f
12431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12432 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12434
12435 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12436 Update the format specification near point.
12437
12438 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21434 29609
12443 ;;;;;; 547282 0))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12445
12446 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12447 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12448
12449 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12450
12451 ;;;***
12452 \f
12453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21485 56871
12454 ;;;;;; 932720 0))
12455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12456
12457 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12458 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12459 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12460
12461 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12462
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12466 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12468
12469 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12470 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12471
12472 \(fn)" t nil)
12473
12474 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12475 Install the sync hooks.
12476
12477 \(fn)" t nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12482 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12484
12485 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12486 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12487
12488 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12489
12490 ;;;***
12491 \f
12492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21427 56357 771874
12493 ;;;;;; 0))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12495
12496 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12497 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12498 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12499 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12500 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12501 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12502
12503 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12504
12505 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12506
12507 ;;;***
12508 \f
12509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12510 ;;;;;; 0))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12512
12513 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12514 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12515
12516 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12517 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12518 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12519
12520 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12521 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12522 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12523
12524 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12525 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12526
12527 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12528 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12529
12530 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12531
12532 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12533
12534 ;;;***
12535 \f
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12537 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12539
12540 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12541
12542 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12543 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12544 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12545 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12546 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12547
12548 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12549
12550 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12551 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12552 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12553 or to send e-mail.
12554 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12555 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12556
12557 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12558 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12559
12560 \(fn)" t nil)
12561 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12562
12563 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12564 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12566 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12567 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12568
12569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12570
12571 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12572 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12573
12574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12575
12576 ;;;***
12577 \f
12578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12579 ;;;;;; 0))
12580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12581
12582 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12583 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12584 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12585
12586 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12587
12588 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12589 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12590
12591 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12592
12593 ;;;***
12594 \f
12595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21356 43818 957743
12596 ;;;;;; 0))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12598
12599 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12600 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12601
12602 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12603
12604 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12605 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12606 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12607 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12608 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12609
12610 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12611 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12612 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12613
12614 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12615
12616 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12617 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12618 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12619 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12620 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12621
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12623
12624 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12625 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12626
12627 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12628
12629 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12630 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12631
12632 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12633 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12634 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12635
12636 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12637 The default find program.
12638 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12639 and others.")
12640
12641 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12642 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12643 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12644 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12645
12646 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12647 How to invoke find and grep.
12648 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12649 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12650 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12651 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12652
12653 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12654
12655 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12656 History list for grep.")
12657
12658 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12659 History list for grep-find.")
12660
12661 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12662 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12663 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12664
12665 \(fn)" nil nil)
12666
12667 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12668
12669
12670 \(fn)" nil nil)
12671
12672 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12673 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12674
12675 \(fn)" nil nil)
12676
12677 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12678 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12679 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12680 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12681 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12682
12683 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12684 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12685
12686 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12687 can easily repeat a grep command.
12688
12689 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12690 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12691 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12692 list is empty).
12693
12694 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12695
12696 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12697 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12698 Collect output in a buffer.
12699 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12700 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12701
12702 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12703 easily repeat a find command.
12704
12705 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12706
12707 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12708
12709 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12710 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12711 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12712 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12713 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12714
12715 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12716 before it is executed.
12717 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12718
12719 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12720 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12721 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12722
12723 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12724
12725 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12726
12727 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12728 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12729 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12730 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12731 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12732
12733 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12734 before it is executed.
12735 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12736
12737 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12738 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12739 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12740 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12741
12742 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12743
12744 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12745 to specify a command to run.
12746
12747 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12748
12749 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12750 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12751 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12752 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12753
12754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12755
12756 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12757
12758 ;;;***
12759 \f
12760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12762
12763 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12764 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12765 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12766 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12767 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12768
12769 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12770
12771 ;;;***
12772 \f
12773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21484 36010 707226
12774 ;;;;;; 0))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12776
12777 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12778 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12779 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12780 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12781
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12785 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12788
12789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790
12791 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12792 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12793 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12794 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12795
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797
12798 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12799 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12801 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802
12803 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12804 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12805
12806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12807
12808 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12809 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12810 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12811 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12812
12813 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12814
12815 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12816 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12817 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12818 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12819
12820 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12821
12822 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12823 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12824 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12825 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12826
12827 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12828
12829 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12830 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12831 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12832 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12833 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12834
12835 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12836 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12837 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12838 original source file access method.
12839
12840 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12841 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12842
12843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12846 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12847
12848 \(fn)" t nil)
12849
12850 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12851 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12852 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12855 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12856
12857 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12858
12859 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12860 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12862 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12863 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12864
12865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12866
12867 ;;;***
12868 \f
12869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21388 20265 495157
12870 ;;;;;; 0))
12871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12872
12873 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12874 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12875 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12876 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12877 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12878 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12879 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12880 set it to.
12881 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12882
12883 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12884
12885 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12886 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12887 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12888 of PLACE.
12889 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12890 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12891 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12892 and SETTER.
12893 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12894 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12895
12896 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12897
12898 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12899
12900 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12901 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12902 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12903 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12904 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12905
12906 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12907
12908 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12909
12910 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12911
12912
12913 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12914
12915 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12916
12917 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12918
12919 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12920 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12921 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12922 well for simple place forms.
12923 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12924 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12925 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12926 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12927 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12928 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12929 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12930
12931 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12932
12933 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12934
12935 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12936 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12937 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12938 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12939 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12940
12941 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12942 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12943 (let ((temp VAL))
12944 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12945 temp)
12946 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12947
12948 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12949
12950 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12951 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12952 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12953 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12954 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12955 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12956
12957 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12958
12959 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12960
12961 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12962 Return a reference to PLACE.
12963 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12964 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12965 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12966 binding mode.
12967
12968 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12969
12970 ;;;***
12971 \f
12972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12973 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12974 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12975
12976 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12977 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12978 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12979 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12980
12981 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12982 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12983 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12984 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12985
12986 \(fn)" t nil)
12987
12988 ;;;***
12989 \f
12990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
12991 ;;;;;; 0))
12992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12993
12994 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12995 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12996
12997 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12998
12999 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13000 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13001 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13002 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13003
13004 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13005
13006 \(fn)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13009 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13010 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13011 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13012 to be updated.
13013
13014 \(fn)" t nil)
13015
13016 ;;;***
13017 \f
13018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13019 ;;;;;; 0))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13021
13022 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13023 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13024
13025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13026
13027 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13028 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13029 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13030
13031 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13032
13033 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13034 Verify a hashcash payment
13035
13036 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13037
13038 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13039 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13040 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13041 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13042 `mail-add-payment-async').
13043
13044 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13045
13046 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13047 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13048 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13049 Calculation is asynchronous.
13050
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13054 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13055 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13056
13057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13058
13059 ;;;***
13060 \f
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13062 ;;;;;; 0))
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13064
13065 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13066 Return the help-echo string at point.
13067 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13068 property, or nil, is returned.
13069 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13070 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13071 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13072
13073 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13074
13075 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13076 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13077 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13078 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13079 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13080
13081 \(fn)" nil nil)
13082
13083 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13084 Display local help in the echo area.
13085 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13086 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13087 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13088 printed instead.
13089
13090 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13091 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13092 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13093
13094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13095
13096 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13097 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13098 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13099
13100 \(fn)" t nil)
13101
13102 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13103 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13104 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13105
13106 \(fn)" t nil)
13107
13108 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13109 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13110 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13111 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13112 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13113 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13114 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13115 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13116 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13117 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13118 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13119
13120 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13121 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13122 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13123 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13124 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13125
13126 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13127 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13128 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13129 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13130 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13131 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13132 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13133 The default is `never'.")
13134
13135 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13136
13137 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13138 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13139 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13140 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13141 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13142 considered different regions.
13143
13144 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13145 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13146 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13147 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13148 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13149 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13150 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13151 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13152 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13153
13154 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13155
13156 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13157 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13158 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13159 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13160 different regions.
13161
13162 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13163 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13164 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13165 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13166 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13167 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13168 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13169 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13170
13171 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13172 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13173 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13174 rarely happens in practice.
13175
13176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13179 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13180 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13181 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13182 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13183 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13184
13185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13186
13187 ;;;***
13188 \f
13189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21419 62246 751914
13190 ;;;;;; 0))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13192
13193 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13194 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13195
13196 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13197
13198 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13199 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13200 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13201
13202 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13203
13204 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13205 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13206 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13207 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13208 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13209 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13210 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13211 search for a function definition.
13212
13213 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13214 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13215 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13216 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13217 suitable file is found, return nil.
13218
13219 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13220
13221 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13222
13223
13224 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13225
13226 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13227 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13228 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13229 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13230
13231 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13232
13233 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13234 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13235 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13236 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13237 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13238 it is displayed along with the global value.
13239
13240 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13243 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13244 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13245 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13246
13247 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13248
13249 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13250 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13251 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13252 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13253 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13254
13255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13256
13257 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13258 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13259
13260 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13261
13262 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13263 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13264
13265 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13266
13267 ;;;***
13268 \f
13269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13270 ;;;;;; 0))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13272
13273 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13274 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13275 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13276 window listing and describing the options.
13277 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13278 gives the window that lists the options.")
13279
13280 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13281
13282 ;;;***
13283 \f
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13285 ;;;;;; 0))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13287
13288 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13289 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13290 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13291 Commands:
13292 \\{help-mode-map}
13293
13294 \(fn)" t nil)
13295
13296 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13297
13298
13299 \(fn)" nil nil)
13300
13301 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13302
13303
13304 \(fn)" nil nil)
13305
13306 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13307 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13308
13309 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13310 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13311 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13312 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13313
13314 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13315 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13316 restore it properly when going back.
13317
13318 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13319
13320 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13321 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13322 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13323 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13324 from `help-mode'.
13325 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13326 it does not already exist.
13327
13328 \(fn)" nil nil)
13329
13330 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13331 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13332
13333 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13334 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13335 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13336 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13337 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13338 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13339 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13340 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13341
13342 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13343 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13344 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13345 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13346
13347 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13348 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13349 that.
13350
13351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13352
13353 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13354 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13355 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13356 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13357 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13358 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13359
13360 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13361
13362 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13363 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13364 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13365 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13366 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13367
13368 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13369
13370 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13371 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13372
13373 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13374
13375 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13376 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13377 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13378 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13379
13380 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13381
13382 ;;;***
13383 \f
13384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13385 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13387
13388 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13389 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13390
13391 \(fn)" t nil)
13392
13393 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13394 Provide help for current mode.
13395
13396 \(fn)" t nil)
13397
13398 ;;;***
13399 \f
13400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13402
13403 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13404 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13405 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13406 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13407 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13408
13409 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13410 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13411
13412 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13413 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13414 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13415 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13416
13417 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13418 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13419 periods.
13420
13421 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13422 in hexl format.
13423
13424 A sample format:
13425
13426 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13427 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13428 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13429 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13430 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13431 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13432 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13433 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13434 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13435 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13436 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13437 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13438 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13439 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13440 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13441
13442 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13443 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13444 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13445
13446 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13447 also supported.
13448
13449 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13450
13451 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13452 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13453 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13454
13455 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13456 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13457 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13458
13459 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13460 into the buffer at the current point.
13461
13462 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13463 into the buffer at the current point.
13464
13465 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13466 into the buffer at the current point.
13467
13468 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13469
13470 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13471 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13472
13473 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13474
13475 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13476
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13480 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13481 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13482 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13483
13484 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13485
13486 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13487 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13488 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13489
13490 \(fn)" t nil)
13491
13492 ;;;***
13493 \f
13494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13496
13497 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13498 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13500 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13501 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13502
13503 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13504 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13505 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13506 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13507
13508 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13509 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13510 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13511 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13512
13513 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13514 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13515 which can be called interactively, are:
13516
13517 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13518 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13519
13520 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13521 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13522 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13523 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13524
13525 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13526 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13527
13528 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13529 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13530 available face automatically.
13531
13532 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13533 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13534
13535 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13536 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13537 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13538 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13539 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13540 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13541 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13542 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13543 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13544 function returns t.
13545
13546 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13547 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13548
13549 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13550 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13551 form:
13552 Hi-lock: FOO
13553
13554 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13555 position (number of characters into buffer)
13556 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13557 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13558 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13559
13560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13561
13562 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13563 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13564 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13567 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13568
13569 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13570
13571 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13572 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13573 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13574 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13575 ARG is omitted or nil.
13576
13577 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13578 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13579 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13580
13581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13582
13583 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13584
13585 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13586 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13587 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13588 Use the global history list for FACE.
13589
13590 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13591 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13592 highlighting will not update as you type.
13593
13594 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13595
13596 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13597
13598 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13599 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13600 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13601 Use the global history list for FACE.
13602
13603 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13604 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13605 highlighting will not update as you type.
13606
13607 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13608
13609 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13610
13611 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13612 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13613 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13614 Use the global history list for FACE.
13615
13616 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13617 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13618 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13619
13620 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13621 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13622 highlighting will not update as you type.
13623
13624 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13625
13626 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13627
13628 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13629 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13630 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13631 unless you use a prefix argument.
13632 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13633
13634 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13635 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13636
13637 \(fn)" t nil)
13638
13639 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13640
13641 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13642 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13643 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13644 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13645 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13646 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13647
13648 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13649
13650 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13651 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13652
13653 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13654 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13655 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13656
13657 \(fn)" t nil)
13658
13659 ;;;***
13660 \f
13661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21452 59559
13662 ;;;;;; 901066 0))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13664
13665 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13666 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13670
13671 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13672 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13673 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13674 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13675
13676 `hide-ifdef-env'
13677 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13678 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13679 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13680 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13681 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13682 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13683 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13684
13685 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13686 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13687 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13688 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13689 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13690
13691 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13692 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13693 #endif lines when hiding.
13694
13695 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13696 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13697 is activated.
13698
13699 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13700 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13701 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13702
13703 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13704
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13706
13707 ;;;***
13708 \f
13709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21460 53672
13710 ;;;;;; 48319 0))
13711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13712
13713 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13714 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13715 Each element has the form
13716 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13717
13718 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13719 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13720
13721 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13722 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13723
13724 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13725 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13726 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13727 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13728 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13729 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13730
13731 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13732 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13733
13734 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13735 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13736
13737 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13738 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13739 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13740
13741 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13742 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13745 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13746
13747 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13748 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13749 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13750
13751 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13752 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13753 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13754
13755 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13756 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13757
13758 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13759
13760 Key bindings:
13761 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13762
13763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13764
13765 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13766 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13767
13768 \(fn)" nil nil)
13769
13770 ;;;***
13771 \f
13772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13773 ;;;;;; 0))
13774 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13775
13776 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13777 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13779 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13780 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13781
13782 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13783 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13784 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13785 this on and off.
13786
13787 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13788 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13789 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13790 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13791 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13792 through various faces.
13793 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13794 buffer with the contents of a file
13795 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13796
13797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13802 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13803 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13804
13805 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13806 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13807 in a distinctive face.
13808
13809 The default value can be customized with variable
13810 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13811
13812 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13813
13814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13815
13816 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13817 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13818 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13819
13820 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13821
13822 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13823 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13824
13825 \(fn)" t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13828 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13829
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13831
13832 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13834
13835 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13836 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13837 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13838 shown in the last face in the list.
13839
13840 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13841 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13842 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13843
13844 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13845
13846 \(fn)" t nil)
13847
13848 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13849 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13850
13851 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13852
13853 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13854 to save the file.
13855
13856 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13857 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13858
13859 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13860 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13861 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13862
13863 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13864
13865 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13867
13868 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13869 this function is called interactively.
13870
13871 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13872 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13873 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13874
13875 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13876 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13877 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13878
13879 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13880
13881 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13882 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13883 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13884 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13885 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13886 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13887
13888 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13891 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13892 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13893 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13894 ARG is omitted or nil.
13895
13896 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13897 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13898 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13899
13900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13901
13902 ;;;***
13903 \f
13904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21402 53158 293492
13905 ;;;;;; 0))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13907 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13908
13909 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13910 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13911 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13912 or insert functions in this list.")
13913
13914 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13915
13916 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13917 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13918 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13919 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13920 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13921 expansions.
13922 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13923 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13924 undoes the expansion.
13925
13926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13927
13928 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13929 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13930 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13931 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13932
13933 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13934
13935 ;;;***
13936 \f
13937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13938 ;;;;;; 0))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13940
13941 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13942 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13946
13947 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13948 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13949 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13950 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13951 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13952 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13953
13954 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13955 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13956 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13957 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13958
13959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13960
13961 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13962 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13963 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13965 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13966 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13967
13968 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13969
13970 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13971 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13975
13976 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13977 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13978 windows.
13979
13980 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13981 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13982
13983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13984
13985 ;;;***
13986 \f
13987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
13988 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13990
13991 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13992
13993 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13994 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13995 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13996
13997 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13998
13999 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14000
14001 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14002
14003 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14004 Oriental holidays.
14005 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14006
14007 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14008
14009 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14010
14011 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14012
14013 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14014 Local holidays.
14015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14016
14017 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14018
14019 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14020
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14022
14023 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14024 User defined holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14026
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14028
14029 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14030
14031 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14032 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14033
14034 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14035
14036 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14037 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14038
14039 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14040
14041 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14042 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14043
14044 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14045
14046 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14047 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14048
14049 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14050
14051 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14052
14053 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14054 Jewish holidays.
14055 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14056
14057 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14058
14059 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14060
14061 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14062
14063 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14064 Christian holidays.
14065 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14066
14067 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14068
14069 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14070
14071 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14072
14073 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14074 Islamic holidays.
14075 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14076
14077 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14078
14079 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14080
14081 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14082
14083 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14084 Bahá'í holidays.
14085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14086
14087 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14088
14089 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14090
14091 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14092
14093 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14094 Sun-related holidays.
14095 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14096
14097 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14098
14099 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14100
14101 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14102
14103 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14104 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14105 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14106 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14107
14108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14109
14110 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14111 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14112 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14113 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14114 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14115
14116 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14117 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14118
14119 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14120 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14121
14122 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14123 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14124 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14125 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14126 of a holiday list.
14127
14128 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14129
14130 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14131
14132 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14133
14134 ;;;***
14135 \f
14136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21417 20521
14137 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
14138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14139
14140 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14141 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14142
14143 \(fn)" t nil)
14144
14145 ;;;***
14146 \f
14147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21383 2343
14148 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
14149 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14150 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14151
14152 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14153 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14154 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14155 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14156 as possible.
14157
14158 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14159 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14160 fontified display.
14161
14162 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14163 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14164
14165 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14166 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14167 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14168
14169 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14170
14171 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14172 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14173 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14174
14175 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14176
14177 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14178
14179 ;;;***
14180 \f
14181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14182 ;;;;;; 0))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14184
14185 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14186 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14187
14188 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14189 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14190 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14191
14192 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14193 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14194 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14195 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14196 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14197 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14198
14199 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14200 title of the column.
14201
14202 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14203 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14204 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14205 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14206 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14207
14208 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14209
14210 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14211 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14212 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14213 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14214 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14215
14216 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14217 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14218 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14219
14220 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14221
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14224 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14225 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14226 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14227 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14228
14229 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14230 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14231 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14232 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14233 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14234 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14235 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14236 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14237 values are:
14238 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14239 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14240 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14241 buffer's modification flag.
14242 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14243 prompted before performing this operation.
14244 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14245 operation is complete, in the form:
14246 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14247 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14248 confirmation message, in the form:
14249 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14250 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14251 macro for exactly what it does.
14252
14253 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14254
14255 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14256 Define a filter named NAME.
14257 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14258 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14259 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14260
14261 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14262 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14263 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14264 bound to the current value of the filter.
14265
14266 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14267
14268 ;;;***
14269 \f
14270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21508 18343 5038 0))
14271 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14272
14273 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14274 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14275 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14276 buffers which are visiting a file.
14277
14278 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14279
14280 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14281 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14282 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14283 buffers which are visiting a file.
14284
14285 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14286
14287 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14288 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14289 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14290
14291 All arguments are optional.
14292 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14293 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14294 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14295 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14296 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14297 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14298 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14299 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14300 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14301 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14302 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14303 that value locally in this buffer.
14304
14305 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14306
14307 ;;;***
14308 \f
14309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21480
14310 ;;;;;; 38952 540043 0))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14312 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14313
14314 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14315 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14316 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14317 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14318
14319 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14320
14321 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14322 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14323 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14324 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14325 ICAL-FILENAME.
14326 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14327 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14328 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14329
14330 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14331
14332 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14333 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14334 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14335 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14336 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14337 non-marking or not.
14338
14339 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14340
14341 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14342 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14343
14344 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14345 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14346 DIARY-FILE.
14347
14348 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14349 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14350 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14351
14352 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14353 non-marking.
14354
14355 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14356 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14357 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14358
14359 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14360
14361 ;;;***
14362 \f
14363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14364 ;;;;;; 0))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14366
14367 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14368 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14369 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14371 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14372 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14373
14374 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14375
14376 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14377 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14378 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14379 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14380 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14381
14382 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14383 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14384 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14385 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14386
14387 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14388 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14389
14390 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14391 completions:
14392
14393 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14394
14395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14396
14397 ;;;***
14398 \f
14399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14400 ;;;;;; 0))
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14402
14403 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14404 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14405 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14406 Tab indents for Icon code.
14407 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14408 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14409 \\{icon-mode-map}
14410 Variables controlling indentation style:
14411 icon-tab-always-indent
14412 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14413 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14414 icon-auto-newline
14415 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14416 inserted in Icon code.
14417 icon-indent-level
14418 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14419 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14420 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14421 icon-continued-statement-offset
14422 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14423 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14424 icon-continued-brace-offset
14425 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14426 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14427 icon-brace-offset
14428 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14429 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14430 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14431 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14432
14433 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14434 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14435
14436 \(fn)" t nil)
14437
14438 ;;;***
14439 \f
14440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21429
14441 ;;;;;; 11690 49391 0))
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14443
14444 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14445 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14446 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14447 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14448
14449 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14450 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14451 separate frames.
14452
14453 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14454 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14455
14456 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14457 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14458 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14459
14460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14461
14462 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14463
14464 ;;;***
14465 \f
14466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21429 11690
14467 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14469 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14470
14471 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14472 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14473
14474 The main features of this mode are
14475
14476 1. Indentation and Formatting
14477 --------------------------
14478 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14479 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14480
14481 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14482 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14483 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14484 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14485
14486 Comments are indented as follows:
14487
14488 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14489 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14490 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14491
14492 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14493
14494 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14495 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14496 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14497 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14498 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14499 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14500
14501 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14502 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14503 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14504 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14505
14506 2. Routine Info
14507 ------------
14508 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14509 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14510 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14511 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14512 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14513 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14514 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14515 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14516 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14517 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14518
14519 3. Online IDL Help
14520 ---------------
14521
14522 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14523 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14524 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14525 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14526
14527 4. Completion
14528 ----------
14529 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14530 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14531 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14532 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14533 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14534 upper case.
14535
14536 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14537 --------------------------------
14538 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14539 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14540
14541 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14542 \\fu FUNCTION template
14543 \\c CASE statement template
14544 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14545 \\f FOR loop template
14546 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14547 \\w WHILE loop template
14548 \\i IF statement template
14549 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14550 \\b BEGIN
14551
14552 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14553 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14554
14555 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14556 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14557 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14558 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14559
14560 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14561 -------------------------
14562 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14563 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14564
14565 7. Automatic END completion
14566 ------------------------
14567 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14568 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14569
14570 8. Hooks
14571 -----
14572 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14573 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14574
14575 9. Documentation and Customization
14576 -------------------------------
14577 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14578 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14579 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14580 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14581 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14582 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14583
14584 10.Keybindings
14585 -----------
14586 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14587 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14588 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14589
14590 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14591
14592 \(fn)" t nil)
14593
14594 ;;;***
14595 \f
14596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14598
14599 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14600 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14601 The following values are possible:
14602 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14603 displaying...)
14604 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14605 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14606 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14607
14608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14609 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14610
14611 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14612
14613 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14614 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14615 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14616 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14617 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14618 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14619 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14620 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14621 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14622
14623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14624
14625 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14626 Switch to another buffer.
14627 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14628 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14629 in another frame.
14630
14631 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14632 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14633 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14634 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14635 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14636
14637 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14638 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14639
14640 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14641
14642 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14643 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14644 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14645 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14646 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14647 in a separate window.
14648 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14649 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14650 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14651 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14652 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14653 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14654 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14655 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14656 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14657
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14659
14660 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14661 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14662 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14663 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14664
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14666
14667 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14668 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14669 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14670 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14671
14672 \(fn)" t nil)
14673
14674 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14675 Kill a buffer.
14676 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14677 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14678
14679 \(fn)" t nil)
14680
14681 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14682 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14683 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14684 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14685
14686 \(fn)" t nil)
14687
14688 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14689 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14690 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14691 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14692
14693 \(fn)" t nil)
14694
14695 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14696 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14697
14698 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14701 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14703 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14704 in another frame.
14705
14706 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14707 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14708 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14709 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14710 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14711 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14712
14713 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14714 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14715
14716 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14717
14718 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14719 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14720 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14721 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14722 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14723 in a separate window.
14724 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14725 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14726 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14727 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14728 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14729 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14730 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14731 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14732 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14733 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14734 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14735 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14736 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14737 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14738 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14739 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14740 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14741 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14742
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14746 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14753 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14760 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14763
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14767 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14770
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14774 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14775 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14777
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14781 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14782 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14784
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14788 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14790 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14791
14792 \(fn)" t nil)
14793
14794 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14795 Write current buffer to a file.
14796 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14797 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14798
14799 \(fn)" t nil)
14800
14801 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14802 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14805
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14807
14808 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14809 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14810 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14812
14813 \(fn)" t nil)
14814
14815 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14816 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14817 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14818 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14819 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14820 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14821
14822 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14825 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14826 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14827 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14828
14829 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14832 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14833 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14834 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14835
14836 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14839 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14840 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14841 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14842 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14843 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14844 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14845 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14846 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14847 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14848 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14849 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14850 with point positioned at the end.
14851 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14852 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14853
14854 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14855
14856 ;;;***
14857 \f
14858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14859 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14860
14861 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14862 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14863 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14864 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14865
14866 \(fn)" t nil)
14867
14868 ;;;***
14869 \f
14870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14872
14873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14874
14875 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14876 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14878 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14879 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14880 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14881
14882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14883
14884 ;;;***
14885 \f
14886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14887 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14888
14889 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14890 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14891 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14892 be determined.
14893
14894 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14895
14896 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14897 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14898 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14899 be determined.
14900
14901 \(fn)" nil nil)
14902
14903 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14904 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14906 be determined.
14907
14908 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14909
14910 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14911 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14912 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14913 be determined.
14914
14915 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14916
14917 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14918 Determine and return image type.
14919 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14920 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14921 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14922 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14923 use its file extension as image type.
14924 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14925
14926 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14927
14928 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14929 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14930 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14931
14932 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14933
14934 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14935 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14936 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14937
14938 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14939 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14940 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14941 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14942 must be available.
14943
14944 \(fn)" nil nil)
14945
14946 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14947 Create an image.
14948 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14949 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14950 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14951 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14952 use its file extension as image type.
14953 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14954 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14955 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14956 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14957
14958 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14959
14960 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14961 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14962 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14963
14964 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14965
14966 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14967 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14968 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14969 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14970 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14971 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14972 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14973 POS may be an integer or marker.
14974 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14975 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14976 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14977 means display it in the right marginal area.
14978
14979 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14982 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14983 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14984 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14985 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14986 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14987 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14988 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14989 means display it in the right marginal area.
14990 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14991 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14992 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14993 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14994 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14995
14996 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14997
14998 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14999 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15000 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15001 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15002 STRING is a single space.
15003 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15004 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15005 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15006 means display it in the right marginal area.
15007 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15008
15009 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15010
15011 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15012 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15013 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15014 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15015
15016 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15017
15018 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15019 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15020
15021 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15022
15023 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15024 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15025 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15026 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15027 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15028 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15029 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15030 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15031 satisfied.
15032
15033 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15034
15035 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15036
15037 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15038
15039 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15040 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15041
15042 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15043 documentation string.
15044
15045 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15046 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15047 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15048 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15049 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15050 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15051 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15052 define SYMBOL.
15053
15054 Example:
15055
15056 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15057 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15058
15059 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15060
15061 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15062
15063 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15064 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15065 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15066 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15067
15068 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15069 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15070 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15071 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15072
15073 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15074
15075 \(fn)" nil nil)
15076
15077 ;;;***
15078 \f
15079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15080 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15081 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15082 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15083
15084 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15085 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15086 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15087 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15088 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15089 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15090
15091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15092
15093 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15094 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15095
15096 Convenience command that:
15097
15098 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15099 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15100 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15101
15102 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15103 image files in dired and type
15104 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15105
15106 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15107
15108 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15109 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15110
15111 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15112
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15114 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15115 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15116 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15117 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15118 another one).
15119
15120 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15121 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15122 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15123
15124 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15125 instead of erasing it first.
15126
15127 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15128 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15129 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15130 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15131 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15132 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15133
15134 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15135
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15137 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15138 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15139 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15140 displayed.
15141
15142 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15143
15144 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15145
15146 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15147
15148 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15149 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15150
15151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15152
15153 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15154 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15155 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15156
15157 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15160 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15161
15162 \(fn)" t nil)
15163
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15165 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15166 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15167 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15168
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15172 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15173
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15177 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15178
15179 \(fn)" t nil)
15180
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15182 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15183
15184 \(fn)" t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15187 Display current image file.
15188 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15189 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15190
15191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15194 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15195
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15199 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15200 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15201 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15202 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15203 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15204 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15205
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15209 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15210 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15211 easy-to-use form.
15212
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15214
15215 ;;;***
15216 \f
15217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15218 ;;;;;; 0))
15219 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15220
15221 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15222 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15223 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15224 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15225
15226 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15227 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15228 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15229 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15230
15231 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15232
15233 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15234 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15235 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15236 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15237
15238 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15239 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15240 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15241 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15242
15243 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15244
15245 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15246 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15247
15248 \(fn)" nil nil)
15249
15250 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15251 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15252 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15253 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15254
15255 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15256
15257 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15258 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15259 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15262 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15263
15264 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15265
15266 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15267 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15271
15272 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15273 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15274 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15275
15276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15277
15278 ;;;***
15279 \f
15280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21483 15143 105233
15281 ;;;;;; 0))
15282 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15283
15284 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15285 Major mode for image files.
15286 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15287 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15288
15289 Key bindings:
15290 \\{image-mode-map}
15291
15292 \(fn)" t nil)
15293
15294 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15295 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15299
15300 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15301 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15302 actual image.
15303
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15307 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15308 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15309 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15310 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15311 to display an image file as the actual image.
15312
15313 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15314 to display an image file as text initially.
15315
15316 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15317 on these modes.
15318
15319 \(fn)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15322
15323
15324 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15325
15326 ;;;***
15327 \f
15328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15329 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15330
15331 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15332 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15333
15334 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15335
15336 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15337 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15338 in the buffer.
15339
15340 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15341
15342 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15343 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15344 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15345
15346 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15347
15348 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15349 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15350 Each element of this list should have the form
15351
15352 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15353
15354 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15355 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15356 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15357 matches are put).
15358 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15359 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15360 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15361 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15362 another element.
15363 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15364 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15365 the menu item.
15366 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15367 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15368 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15369 the ARGUMENTS.
15370
15371 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15372 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15373 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15374
15375 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15376 create a buffer index.
15377
15378 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15379 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15380 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15381 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15382 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15383
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15385
15386 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15387 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15388
15389 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15390 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15391 called within a `save-excursion'.
15392
15393 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15394
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15396
15397 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15398 Function for finding the next index position.
15399
15400 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15401 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15402 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15403 file.
15404
15405 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15406 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15407
15408 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15409
15410 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15411 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15412
15413 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15414 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15415 It should return the name for that index item.")
15416
15417 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15418
15419 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15420 Function to compare string with index item.
15421
15422 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15423 non-nil if they match.
15424
15425 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15426 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15427 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15428 arguments match\".")
15429
15430 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15431
15432 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15433 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15434 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15435
15436 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15437 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15438
15439 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15440
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15442
15443 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15444 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15445 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15446 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15447
15448 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15449
15450 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15451 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15452
15453 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15454
15455 \(fn)" t nil)
15456
15457 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15458 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15459 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15460 for more information.
15461
15462 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15463
15464 ;;;***
15465 \f
15466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15469
15470 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15471 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15472
15473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15474
15475 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15476
15477
15478 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15479
15480 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15481
15482
15483 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15484
15485 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15486
15487
15488 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15489
15490 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15491 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15492
15493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15494
15495 ;;;***
15496 \f
15497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21437 5802
15498 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15500
15501 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15502 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15503 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15504 to that buffer.
15505 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15506 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15507 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15508 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15509
15510 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15511
15512 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15513
15514 ;;;***
15515 \f
15516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21480 38952 540043 0))
15517 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15518
15519 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15520 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15521 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15522 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15523 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15524 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15525 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15526 first in this list.
15527
15528 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15529 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15530 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15531 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15532 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15533
15534 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15535 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15536 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15537
15538 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15539 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15540
15541 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15542 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15543
15544 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15545 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15546 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15547 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15548 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15549 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15550 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15551 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15552 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15553 with the top-level Info directory.
15554
15555 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15556 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15557
15558 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15559
15560 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15561 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15562 in all the directories in that path.
15563
15564 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15565
15566 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15569 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15570
15571 \(fn)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15574 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15575
15576 \(fn)" t nil)
15577
15578 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15579 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15580 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15581 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15582
15583 \(fn)" nil nil)
15584
15585 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15586 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15587 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15588 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15589
15590 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15591
15592 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15593 Go to the Info directory node.
15594
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15596
15597 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15598 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15599 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15600 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15601 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15602 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15603
15604 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15605
15606 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15607 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15608 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15609
15610 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15611
15612 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15613 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15614 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15615 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15616 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15617
15618 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15621 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15622 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15623 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15624 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15625
15626 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15627 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15628
15629 Selecting other nodes:
15630 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15631 Follow a node reference you click on.
15632 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15633 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15634 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15635 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15636 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15637 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15638 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15639 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15640 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15641 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15642 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15643 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15644 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15645 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15646 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15647 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15648 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15649 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15650 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15651 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15652
15653 Moving within a node:
15654 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15655 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15656 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15657 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15658 move up to the parent node.
15659 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15660 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15661 if there is none.
15662 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15663
15664 Advanced commands:
15665 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15666 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15667 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15668 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15669 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15670 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15671 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15672 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15673 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15674 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15675 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15676 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15677 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15678 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15679 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15680 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15681
15682 \(fn)" t nil)
15683 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15684
15685 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15686 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15687 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15688 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15689 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15690 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15691
15692 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15693 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15694
15695 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15696 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15697 KEY is a string.
15698 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15699 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15700 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15701 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15702
15703 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15704
15705 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15706 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15707 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15708
15709 \(fn)" t nil)
15710
15711 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15712 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15713 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15714
15715 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15716
15717 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15718 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15719 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15720 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15721
15722 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15723
15724 ;;;***
15725 \f
15726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15727 ;;;;;; 0))
15728 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15729
15730 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15731 Throw away all cached data.
15732 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15733 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15734 system.
15735
15736 \(fn)" t nil)
15737 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15738
15739 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15740 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15741 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15742 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15743 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15744 one found at point.
15745
15746 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15747
15748 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15749 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15750
15751 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15752 Display the documentation of a file.
15753 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15754 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15755 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15756 The default file name is the one found at point.
15757
15758 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15759
15760 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15761
15762 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15763 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15764
15765 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15766
15767 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15768 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15769
15770 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15771
15772 ;;;***
15773 \f
15774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15775 ;;;;;; 0))
15776 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15777 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15778
15779 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15780 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15781 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15782 current info file is the default.
15783
15784 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15785 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15786 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15787 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15788 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15789
15790 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15791 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15792 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15793 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15794 mistake in the reference.
15795
15796 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15797 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15798 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15799
15800 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15801 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15802 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15803 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15804
15805 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15806
15807 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15808 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15809 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15810 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15811 checked.
15812
15813 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15814 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15815 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15816 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15817 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15818 should be harmless.
15819
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15823 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15824 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15825 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15826
15827 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15828 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15829 and can take a long time.
15830
15831 \(fn)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15834 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15835 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15836
15837 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15838
15839 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15840 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15841
15842 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15843 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15844 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15845 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15846 all builtins).
15847
15848 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15849 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15850 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15851 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15852 the sources handy.
15853
15854 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15855
15856 ;;;***
15857 \f
15858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15859 ;;;;;; 0))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15861
15862 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15863 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15864
15865 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15866
15867 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15868 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15869
15870 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15871
15872 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15873 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15874 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15875 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15876
15877 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15878 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15879 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15880
15881 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15882 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15883 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15884 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15885
15886 \(fn)" t nil)
15887
15888 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15889 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15890 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15891
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15895 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15896 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15897 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15898 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15899
15900 \(fn)" nil nil)
15901
15902 ;;;***
15903 \f
15904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15905 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15907 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15908
15909 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15910 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15911 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15912
15913 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15918 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15920
15921 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15922 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15923
15924 \(fn)" t nil)
15925
15926 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15927 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15928
15929 \(fn)" t nil)
15930
15931 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15932
15933
15934 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15935
15936 ;;;***
15937 \f
15938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15939 ;;;;;; 0))
15940 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15941 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15942
15943 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15944 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15945 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15946 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15947 accessed via isearchb.
15948
15949 \(fn)" t nil)
15950
15951 ;;;***
15952 \f
15953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15954 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15956
15957 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15959 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15962
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15967 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15970
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996
15997 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16007 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16008 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16009 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16010
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16012
16013 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16015 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16016 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16017
16018 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16019
16020 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16021 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16022 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16023 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16024
16025 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16026
16027 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16028 Warn that format is read-only.
16029
16030 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16031
16032 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16033 Warn that format is write-only.
16034
16035 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16039
16040 \(fn)" t nil)
16041
16042 ;;;***
16043 \f
16044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16045 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16046 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16047 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16048 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16049
16050 ;;;***
16051 \f
16052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21356 43818
16053 ;;;;;; 957743 0))
16054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16055
16056 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16057
16058 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16059 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16060 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16061 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16062 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16063
16064 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16065
16066 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16067
16068 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16069 Key map for ispell menu.")
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16072 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16073 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16074 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16075
16076 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16077
16078 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16079
16080 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16081
16082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16083
16084 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16085 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16086 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16087 Valid forms include:
16088 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16089 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16090 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16091 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16092
16093 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16094 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16095 First list is used raw.
16096 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16097
16098 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16099 for skipping in latex mode.")
16100
16101 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16102 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16103 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16104 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16105 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16106 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16107 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16108
16109 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16110 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16111 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16112 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16113
16114 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16115 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16116 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16117 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16118 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16119
16120 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16121 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16122
16123 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16124 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16125
16126 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16127 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16128
16129 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16130 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16131
16132 Return values:
16133 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16134 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16135 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16136 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16137 quit spell session exited.
16138
16139 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16140
16141 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16142 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16143 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16144
16145 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16146
16147 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16148 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16149
16150 Selections are:
16151
16152 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16153 SPC: Accept word this time.
16154 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16155 `a': Accept word for this session.
16156 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16157 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16158 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16159 `?': Show these commands.
16160 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16161 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16162 the aborted check to be completed later.
16163 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16164 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16165 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16166 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16167 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16168 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16169 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16170
16171 \(fn)" nil nil)
16172
16173 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16174 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16175 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16176 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16177
16178 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16179
16180 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16181 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16182 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16183 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16184
16185 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16186
16187 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16188
16189 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16190 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16191 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16192 amount for last line processed.
16193
16194 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16195
16196 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16197 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16198
16199 \(fn)" t nil)
16200
16201 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16202 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16203
16204 \(fn)" t nil)
16205
16206 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16207 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16208 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16209
16210 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16213 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16214
16215 \(fn)" t nil)
16216
16217 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16218 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16219 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16220 sequence inside of a word.
16221
16222 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16223
16224 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16225
16226 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16227 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16228
16229 \(fn)" t nil)
16230
16231 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16232 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16233 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16234 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16235
16236 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16237 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16238 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16239 available on the net.
16240
16241 \(fn)" t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16244 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16246 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16247 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16248
16249 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16250 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16251 spelled.
16252
16253 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16254 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16255 SPC.
16256
16257 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16258 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16259
16260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16261
16262 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16263 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16264 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16265 Don't check included messages.
16266
16267 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16268 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16269 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16270
16271 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16272 in your init file:
16273 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16274 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16275 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16276 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16277
16278 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16279 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16280 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16281
16282 \(fn)" t nil)
16283
16284 ;;;***
16285 \f
16286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16287 ;;;;;; 351552 156000))
16288 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16289
16290 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16291 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16292 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16295 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16296
16297 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16298
16299 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16300 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16301 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16302 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16303 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16304
16305 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16306 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16307
16308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16309
16310 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16311
16312 ;;;***
16313 \f
16314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16315 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16317
16318 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16319
16320
16321 \(fn)" nil nil)
16322
16323 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16328 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16329 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16330 necessary to represent OBJ.
16331
16332 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16335 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16336 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16337 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16338
16339 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16340
16341 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16342 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16343 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16344 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16345 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16346
16347 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16348
16349 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16350 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16351 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16352 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16353
16354 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16355
16356 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16357 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16358 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16359 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16360
16361 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16362
16363 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16364 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16365
16366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16370 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16371 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16372 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16373
16374 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16378 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16379 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16380 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16381
16382 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16383
16384 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16385 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16386 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16387
16388 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16389
16390 ;;;***
16391 \f
16392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16393 ;;;;;; 0))
16394 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16395
16396 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16397 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16398 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16399 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16400
16401 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16402
16403
16404 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16405
16406 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16407 Uninstall jka-compr.
16408 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16409 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16410 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16411
16412 \(fn)" nil nil)
16413
16414 ;;;***
16415 \f
16416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21388 20265 495157
16417 ;;;;;; 0))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16419 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16420
16421 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16422 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16423
16424 \(fn)" t nil)
16425 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16431 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16432
16433 ;;;***
16434 \f
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16436 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16438
16439 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16440 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16441 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16442 decimal key must be specified.")
16443
16444 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16445
16446 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16447 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16448 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16449 decimal key must be specified.")
16450
16451 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16452
16453 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16454 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16455 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16456 decimal key must be specified.")
16457
16458 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16459
16460 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16461 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16462 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16463 decimal key must be specified.")
16464
16465 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16466
16467 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16468 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16469 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16470 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16471 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16472 keys are bound.
16473
16474 Setup Binding
16475 -------------------------------------------------------------
16476 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16477 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16478 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16479 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16480 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16481 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16482 in the global and local keymaps.
16483
16484 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16485 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16486
16487 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16488
16489 ;;;***
16490 \f
16491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16492 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16494
16495 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16496 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16497 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16498
16499 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16500 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16501 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16502 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16503 shorter.
16504
16505 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16506 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16507 the context of text formatting.
16508
16509 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16510
16511 ;;;***
16512 \f
16513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16514 ;;;;;; 0))
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16516
16517 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16518 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16519 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16520 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16521 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16522 positions that contains the current selection.")
16523
16524 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16525 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16526 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16527 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16528 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16529 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16530 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16531
16532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16533
16534 ;;;***
16535 \f
16536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16537 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16538 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16539 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16540 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16541 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16542 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16543 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16544 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16545
16546 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16547 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16548 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16549
16550 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16551
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16553 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16554 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16555 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16556 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16557
16558 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16559
16560 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16561 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16562 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16563
16564 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16565 defining the macro.
16566
16567 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16568 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16569 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16570
16571 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16572 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16573
16574 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16575
16576 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16577 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16578 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16579 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16580 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16581 under that name.
16582
16583 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16584 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16585 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16586
16587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16588
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16590 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16591 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16592 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16593
16594 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16595 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16596 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16597 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16598
16599 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16600 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16601
16602 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16603
16604 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16605 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16606 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16607
16608 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16609 macro.
16610
16611 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16612 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16613
16614 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16615 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16616 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16617
16618 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16619 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16620
16621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16622
16623 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16624 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16625 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16626 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16627
16628 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16629
16630 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16631 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16632 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16633 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16634
16635 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16636 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16637
16638 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16639
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16641 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16642 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16643
16644 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16645
16646 ;;;***
16647 \f
16648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16649 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16651
16652 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16653 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16654 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16655
16656 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16657
16658
16659 \(fn)" nil nil)
16660
16661 ;;;***
16662 \f
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21419 7843 195974
16664 ;;;;;; 0))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16666 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16667
16668 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16669
16670 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16671 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16672
16673 \(fn)" t nil)
16674
16675 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16676 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16677 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16678 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16679
16680 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16681 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16682 none / 1 | yes | no
16683 2 | yes | yes
16684 3 | no | yes
16685 4 | no | no
16686
16687 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16688 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16689 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16690
16691 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16692
16693 ;;;***
16694 \f
16695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16696 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16698
16699 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16700
16701
16702 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16703
16704 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16705 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16706 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16707 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16708 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16709 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16710
16711 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16712 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16713
16714 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16717 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16718
16719 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16720
16721 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16722
16723
16724 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16725
16726 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16727
16728
16729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16730
16731 ;;;***
16732 \f
16733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16734 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16736
16737 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16738 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16739 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16740 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16741
16742 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16743
16744 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16745 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16746 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16747
16748 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16749
16750 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16751 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16752 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16753
16754 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16755
16756 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16757 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16758 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16759 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16760
16761 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16762
16763 ;;;***
16764 \f
16765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16766 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16768
16769 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16771 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16772 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16773 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16774 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16775 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16776 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16777
16778 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16779 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16780
16781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16782 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16783
16784 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16785
16786 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16787 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16788 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16789 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16790 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16791 `latin1-display-setup'.
16792
16793 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16794
16795 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16796 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16797 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16798 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16799
16800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16801 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16802
16803 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16804
16805 ;;;***
16806 \f
16807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16808 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16810
16811 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16812 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16813
16814 \(fn)" t nil)
16815
16816 ;;;***
16817 \f
16818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16820
16821 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16822 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16823 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16824 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16825 generations (this defaults to 1).
16826
16827 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16828
16829 ;;;***
16830 \f
16831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16833 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16834
16835 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16836 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16838 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16839 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16840
16841 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16842
16843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16844
16845 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16846 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16847 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16850 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16851
16852 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16853
16854 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16855 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16856 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16857 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16858 ARG is omitted or nil.
16859
16860 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16861 `linum-on' would do it.
16862 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16863
16864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16865
16866 ;;;***
16867 \f
16868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16869 ;;;;;; 0))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16871
16872 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16873 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16874 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16875 is nil, raise an error.
16876
16877 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16878 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16879 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16880 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16881 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16882 defined by the library.
16883
16884 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16885 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16886 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16887 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16888 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16889 proceeds.
16890
16891 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16892 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16893 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16894 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16895
16896 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16897
16898 ;;;***
16899 \f
16900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16902
16903 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16904 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16905 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16906
16907 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16908
16909 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16910 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16911 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16912 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16913
16914 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16915 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16916 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16917 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16918 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16919 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16920 the version.)
16921
16922 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16923 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16924
16925 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16926 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16927
16928 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16929 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16930
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16934 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16935 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16936 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16937 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16938 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16939 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16940 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16941 to constrain a big search.
16942
16943 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16944
16945 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16946 except that FILTER is not optional.
16947
16948 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16949
16950 ;;;***
16951 \f
16952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21442 23723 6983
16953 ;;;;;; 0))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16955
16956 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16957 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16958 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16959 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16960 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16961 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16962 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16963 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16964 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16965 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16966
16967 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16968 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16969 associated values:
16970 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16971 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16972 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16973 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16974 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16975
16976 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16977 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16978 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16979
16980 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16981
16982 ;;;***
16983 \f
16984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16985 ;;;;;; 0))
16986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16987
16988 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16989 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16990
16991 \(fn)" t nil)
16992
16993 ;;;***
16994 \f
16995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16997
16998 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16999 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17000
17001 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17002 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17003
17004 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17005 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17006 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17007
17008 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17009 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17010
17011 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17012 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17013 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17014 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17015 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17016 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17017 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17018
17019 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17020
17021 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17022 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17023 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17024 switch on this list.
17025 See `lpr-command'.")
17026
17027 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17028
17029 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17030 Name of program for printing a file.
17031
17032 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17033 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17034 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17035 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17036 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17037 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17038 argument.")
17039
17040 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17041
17042 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17043 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17044 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17045 for customization of the printer command.
17046
17047 \(fn)" t nil)
17048
17049 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17050 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17051
17052 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17053 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17054 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17055 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17056
17057 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17058 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17059
17060 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17061 for further customization of the printer command.
17062
17063 \(fn)" t nil)
17064
17065 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17066 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17067 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17068 for customization of the printer command.
17069
17070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17073 Paginate and print the region contents.
17074
17075 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17076 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17077 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17078 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17079
17080 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17081 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17082
17083 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17084 for further customization of the printer command.
17085
17086 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17087
17088 ;;;***
17089 \f
17090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17091 ;;;;;; 0))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17093
17094 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17095 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17096 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17097
17098 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17099
17100 ;;;***
17101 \f
17102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17103 ;;;;;; 0))
17104 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17105
17106 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17107 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17108 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17109 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17110
17111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17112
17113 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17114
17115 ;;;***
17116 \f
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17118 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17120
17121 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17122 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17123
17124 \(fn)" t nil)
17125
17126 ;;;***
17127 \f
17128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17130
17131 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17132 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17133 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17134 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17135 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17136
17137 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17138
17139 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17140 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17141 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17142 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17143 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17144
17145 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17146 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17147 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17148 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17149 bindings.
17150
17151 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17152 use this command, and then save the file.
17153
17154 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17155
17156 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17157 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17158 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17159 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17160 each time the macro executes.
17161 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17162 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17163 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17164 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17165 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17166 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17167 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17168
17169 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17170
17171 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17172 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17173 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17174 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17175
17176 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17177 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17178 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17179 execute.
17180
17181 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17182 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17183
17184 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17185 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17186 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17187 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17188 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17189
17190 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17191 looked like this:
17192
17193 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17194 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17195 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17196
17197 You could enter the names in this format:
17198
17199 foo
17200 bar
17201 baz
17202
17203 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17204
17205 \\C-x (
17206 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17207 \\C-x )
17208
17209 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17210 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17211
17212 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17213 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17214
17215 ;;;***
17216 \f
17217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17218 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17220
17221 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17222 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17223 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17224 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17225 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17226 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17227
17228 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17229 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17230 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17231 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17232 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17233
17234 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17235 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17236 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17237 consing a string.)
17238
17239 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17240
17241 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17242 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17243
17244 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17245
17246 ;;;***
17247 \f
17248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17251
17252 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17253 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17254
17255 \(fn)" nil nil)
17256
17257 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17258
17259
17260 \(fn)" nil nil)
17261
17262 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17263 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17264
17265 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17266
17267 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17268 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17269 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17270 message.
17271
17272 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17273
17274 \(fn)" nil nil)
17275
17276 ;;;***
17277 \f
17278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17279 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17281
17282 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17283 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17284 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17285 often correct parser.")
17286
17287 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17288
17289 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17290 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17291 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17292 a value which excludes your own email address.
17293
17294 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17295 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17296
17297 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17298
17299 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17300 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17301
17302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17303
17304 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17305 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17306 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17307 we return it unconverted.
17308
17309 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17310 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17311
17312 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17313
17314 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17315 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17316 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17317 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17318
17319 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17322 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17323 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17324 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17325
17326 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17327
17328 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17329 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17330 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17331 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17332 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17333 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17334 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17335 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17336 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17337 as Rmail does.
17338
17339 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17340
17341 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17342 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17343 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17344 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17345 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17346 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17347 matches may be returned from the message body.
17348
17349 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17350
17351 ;;;***
17352 \f
17353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17354 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17356
17357 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17358 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17359 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17362 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17363
17364 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17365
17366 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17367 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17371
17372 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17373 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17374 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17375 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17376
17377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17378
17379 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17380 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17381
17382 \(fn)" nil nil)
17383
17384 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17385 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17386 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17387
17388 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17389
17390 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17391 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17392 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17393
17394 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17395 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17396 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17397 double-quotes.
17398
17399 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17400
17401 ;;;***
17402 \f
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17404 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17406
17407 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17408 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17409 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17410 king@grassland.com
17411 If `parens', they look like:
17412 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17413 If `angles', they look like:
17414 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17415
17416 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17417
17418 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17419 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17420 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17421 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17422 their `Resent-' variants.
17423
17424 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17425 removed from alias expansions.
17426
17427 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17428
17429 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17430 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17431 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17432
17433 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17434 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17435 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17436 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17437
17438 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17439
17440 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17441 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17442 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17443
17444 \(fn)" nil nil)
17445
17446 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17447 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17448 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17449 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17450
17451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17452
17453 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17454
17455 ;;;***
17456 \f
17457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17458 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17460
17461 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17462 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17463 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17464 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17465
17466 \(fn)" nil nil)
17467
17468 ;;;***
17469 \f
17470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17471 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17473
17474 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17475 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17476
17477 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17478 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17479 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17480 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17481 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17482 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17483
17484 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17485 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17486 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17487 dependency, despite the colon.
17488
17489 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17490
17491 In the browser, use the following keys:
17492
17493 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17494
17495 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17496
17497 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17498 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17499
17500 `makefile-target-colon':
17501 The string that gets appended to all target names
17502 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17503 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17504
17505 `makefile-macro-assign':
17506 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17507 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17508 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17509 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17510 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17511 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17512
17513 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17514 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17515 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17516
17517 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17518 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17519
17520 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17521 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17522 up or down in the browser.
17523
17524 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17525 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17526
17527 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17528 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17529
17530 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17531 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17532 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17533 has been selected in the browser.
17534
17535 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17536 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17537 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17538 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17539 filenames are omitted.
17540
17541 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17543 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17544 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17545 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17546 the backslash itself intact.
17547 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17548 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17549
17550 `makefile-browser-hook':
17551 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17552 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17553
17554 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17555 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17556 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17557 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17562 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17563
17564 \(fn)" t nil)
17565
17566 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17568
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17570
17571 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17572 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17573
17574 \(fn)" t nil)
17575
17576 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17578
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17580
17581 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17583
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17585
17586 ;;;***
17587 \f
17588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17589 ;;;;;; 0))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17591
17592 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17593 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17594 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17595
17596 \(fn)" t nil)
17597
17598 ;;;***
17599 \f
17600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21427 56357 771874 0))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17602
17603 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17604
17605 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17606 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17607 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17608 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17609 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17610 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17611 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17612 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17613 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17614 without running the man command.
17615
17616 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17617 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17618 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17619
17620 cat(1)
17621 1 cat
17622
17623 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17624 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17625 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17626 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17627
17628 -a chmod
17629
17630 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17631 otherwise look like a page name.
17632
17633 /my/file/name.1.gz
17634 -l somefile.1
17635
17636 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17637 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17638 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17639
17640 -k pattern
17641
17642 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17643
17644 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17645 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17646
17647 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17648
17649 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17650 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17651
17652 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17653
17654 ;;;***
17655 \f
17656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17658 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17659
17660 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17661 Toggle Master mode.
17662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17665
17666 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17667 using the following commands:
17668
17669 \\{master-mode-map}
17670
17671 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17672 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17673 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17674
17675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17676
17677 ;;;***
17678 \f
17679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17680 ;;;;;; 0))
17681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17682
17683 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17684 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17685 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17688 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17689
17690 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17691
17692 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17693 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17695 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17696 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17697
17698 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17699 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17700 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17701 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17702
17703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17704
17705 ;;;***
17706 \f
17707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17708 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17709 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17710
17711 ;;;***
17712 \f
17713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21326 22692 123234
17714 ;;;;;; 0))
17715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17716
17717 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17718
17719 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17720 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17721 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17722 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17723 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17724 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17725 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17726 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17727 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17728 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17729 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17730 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17731 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17732 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17733 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17734 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17735 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17736 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17737 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17738 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17739 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17740 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17741 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17742 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17743 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17744 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17745 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17746 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17747 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17748 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17749 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17750 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17751 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17752 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17753 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17754 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17755 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17756 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17757
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17761 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17762 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17763 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17764 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17765
17766 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17767
17768 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17769 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17770
17771 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17772
17773 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17774 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17775
17776 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17777
17778 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17779 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17780
17781 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17782
17783 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17784 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17785 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17786
17787 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17790 Cancel an article you posted.
17791 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17792
17793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17796 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17797 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17798 header line with the old Message-ID.
17799
17800 \(fn)" t nil)
17801
17802 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17803 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17804
17805 \(fn)" t nil)
17806
17807 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17808 Forward the current message via mail.
17809 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17810 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17811
17812 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17813
17814 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17815
17816
17817 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17818
17819 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17820
17821
17822 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17825 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17826
17827 \(fn)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17830 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17831
17832 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17835 Re-mail the current message.
17836 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17837 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17838 you.
17839
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17843 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17844
17845 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17848 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17849
17850 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17853 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17854
17855 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17856
17857 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17858 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17859
17860 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17863 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17864 Works by overstriking characters.
17865 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17866 which specify the range to operate on.
17867
17868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17869
17870 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17871 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17872 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17873 which specify the range to operate on.
17874
17875 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17876
17877 ;;;***
17878 \f
17879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17880 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17882 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17883
17884 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17885 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17886
17887 \(fn)" t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17890 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17891
17892 \(fn)" t nil)
17893
17894 ;;;***
17895 \f
17896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17897 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17899
17900 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17901 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17902 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17903
17904 \(fn)" t nil)
17905
17906 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17907 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17908 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17909 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17910 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17911 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17912 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17913
17914 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17915
17916 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17917 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17918 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17919 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17920 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17921 means current).
17922 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17923 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17924
17925 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17926
17927 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17928 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17929 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17930 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17931 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17932 means current).
17933 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17934 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17935
17936 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17937
17938 ;;;***
17939 \f
17940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17941 ;;;;;; 0))
17942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17943
17944 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17945 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17946 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17947
17948 \(fn)" t nil)
17949
17950 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17951 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17952 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17953
17954 \(fn)" t nil)
17955
17956 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17957 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17958
17959 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17960 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17961 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17962
17963 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17964 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17965
17966 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17967 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17968
17969 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17970
17971 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17972
17973 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17974 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17975 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17976 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17977 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17978 as `compose-mail'.
17979
17980 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17981 initial Subject field, respectively.
17982
17983 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17984 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17985 are strings.
17986
17987 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17988 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17989
17990 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17991
17992 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17993 Save draft and send message.
17994
17995 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17996 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17997 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17998 Mail Delivery*\".
17999
18000 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18001 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18002 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18003
18004 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18005 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18006 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18007 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18008 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18009 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18010
18011 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18012 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18013
18014 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18015 message and scan line.
18016
18017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18018
18019 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18020 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18021
18022 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18023 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18024 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18025 delete the draft message.
18026
18027 \(fn)" t nil)
18028
18029 ;;;***
18030 \f
18031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21356 43818 957743 0))
18032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18033 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18034
18035 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18036
18037 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18038
18039 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18040
18041 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18042 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18043
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18045
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18049 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18051
18052 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18053 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18054 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18055
18056 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18057 the MH mail system.
18058
18059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18060
18061 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18062 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18063 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18064
18065 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18066 the MH mail system.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18071 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18072
18073 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18074 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18075 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18076 separate command.
18077
18078 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18079 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18080 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18081 format.
18082
18083 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18084
18085 Ranges
18086 ======
18087 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18088 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18089 can be used in several ways.
18090
18091 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18092 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18093 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18094 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18095 page):
18096
18097 <num1>-<num2>
18098 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18099 The range must be nonempty.
18100
18101 <num>:N
18102 <num>:+N
18103 <num>:-N
18104 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18105 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18106 last.
18107
18108 first:N
18109 prev:N
18110 next:N
18111 last:N
18112 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18113
18114 all
18115 All of the messages.
18116
18117 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18118 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18119
18120 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18121 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18122 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18123
18124 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18125
18126 \(fn)" t nil)
18127
18128 ;;;***
18129 \f
18130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18131 ;;;;;; 0))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18133
18134 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18135 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18136 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18137 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18138 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18139 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18140 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18141 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18142 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18143 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18144 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18145
18146 \(fn)" t nil)
18147
18148 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18149 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18150 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18151 to its second argument TM.
18152
18153 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18154
18155 ;;;***
18156 \f
18157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18158 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18160
18161 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18162 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18163 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18166 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18167
18168 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18169
18170 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18171 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18173 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18174 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18175
18176 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18177 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18178 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18179 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18180 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18181 is modified to remove the default indication.
18182
18183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18184
18185 ;;;***
18186 \f
18187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18189
18190 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18191 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18192 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18193 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18194 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18195 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18196 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18197 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18198 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18199
18200 \(fn)" t nil)
18201
18202 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18203 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18204 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18205 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18206 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18207 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18208 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18209 The return value is always nil.
18210
18211 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18212
18213 ;;;***
18214 \f
18215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18216 ;;;;;; 0))
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18218 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18219
18220 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18221 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18222
18223 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18224 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18225 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18226 next occurrence.
18227
18228 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18229 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18230 end of the search space).
18231
18232 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18233 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18234 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18235 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18236 should return the previous buffer to search.
18237
18238 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18239 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18240 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18241
18242 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18243 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18244 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18245 Isearch starts.")
18246
18247 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18248 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18249 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18250
18251 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18252 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18253 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18254
18255 \(fn)" nil nil)
18256
18257 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18258 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18259 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18260 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18261 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18262 whose names match the specified regexp.
18263
18264 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18265
18266 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18267 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18268 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18269 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18270 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18271 whose names match the specified regexp.
18272
18273 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18274
18275 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18276 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18277 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18278 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18279 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18280 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18281 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18282
18283 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18286 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18287 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18288 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18289 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18290 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18291 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18292
18293 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18294
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18298 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18300 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18301
18302 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18303 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18304
18305 \(fn)" t nil)
18306
18307 ;;;***
18308 \f
18309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18310 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18312
18313 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18314 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18315
18316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18317
18318 ;;;***
18319 \f
18320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18321 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18323
18324 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18325 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18326
18327 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18328
18329 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18330 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18331 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18332 the entire message.
18333 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18334
18335 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18340 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18342
18343 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18344 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18345 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18346 the entire message.
18347 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18348
18349 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18350
18351 ;;;***
18352 \f
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18354 ;;;;;; 0))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18356
18357 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18358 Insert file contents of URL.
18359 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18360
18361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18362
18363 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18364 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18365
18366 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18367
18368 ;;;***
18369 \f
18370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21363 17065 850322
18371 ;;;;;; 0))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18373
18374 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18375 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18376 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18377 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18378 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18379
18380 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18381
18382 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18383 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18384 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18385
18386 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18387
18388 ;;;***
18389 \f
18390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18392
18393 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18394 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18395
18396 \(fn)" nil nil)
18397
18398 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18399 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18400 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18401 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18402 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18403
18404 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18405 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18406 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18407 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18408 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18409 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18410
18411 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18416 ;;;;;; 0))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18418
18419 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18420
18421
18422 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18423
18424 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18425
18426
18427 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18428
18429 ;;;***
18430 \f
18431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21356 43818 957743
18432 ;;;;;; 0))
18433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18434
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18436
18437
18438 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18441
18442
18443 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18444
18445 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18446
18447
18448 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18449
18450 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18451
18452
18453 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18454
18455 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18456
18457
18458 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18459
18460 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18461
18462
18463 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18464
18465 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18466
18467
18468 \(fn)" nil nil)
18469
18470 ;;;***
18471 \f
18472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18473 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18475
18476 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18477
18478 ;;;***
18479 \f
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18481 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18483
18484 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18485
18486 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18487 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18488 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18489 followed by the first character of the construct.
18490 \\<m2-mode-map>
18491 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18492 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18493 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18494 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18495 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18496 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18497 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18498 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18499 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18500 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18501 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18502 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18503 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18504 \\[m2-link] link
18505
18506 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18507 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18508 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18509
18510 \(fn)" t nil)
18511
18512 ;;;***
18513 \f
18514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18515 ;;;;;; 0))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18517
18518 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18519 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18520
18521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18522
18523 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18524 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18525
18526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18527
18528 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18529 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18530
18531 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18532
18533 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18534 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18535
18536 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18537
18538 ;;;***
18539 \f
18540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18541 ;;;;;; 0))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18543
18544 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18545 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18546
18547 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18548 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18549 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18550
18551 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18552 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18553 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18554
18555 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18556 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18557
18558 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18559 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18560 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18561 hemisphere you're in.)
18562
18563 To test this function, evaluate:
18564 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18565
18566 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18567
18568 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18569 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18570
18571 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18572 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18573
18574 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18575 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18576 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18577
18578 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18579 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18580
18581 To test this function, evaluate:
18582 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18583
18584 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18585
18586 ;;;***
18587 \f
18588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21483 15143 105233 0))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18590
18591 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18592 Main entry point for MPC.
18593
18594 \(fn)" t nil)
18595
18596 ;;;***
18597 \f
18598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18600
18601 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18602 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18603
18604 \(fn)" t nil)
18605
18606 ;;;***
18607 \f
18608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18610
18611 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18612 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18613 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18616 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18617
18618 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18619
18620 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18621 Toggle Msb mode.
18622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18623 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18624 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18625
18626 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18627 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18628
18629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18634 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18636
18637 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display a list of all character sets.
18639
18640 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18641 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18642 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18643 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18644 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18645
18646 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18647 but still shows the full information.
18648
18649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18650
18651 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18652 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18653 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18654
18655 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18656 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18657 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18658 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18659 meanings of these arguments.
18660
18661 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18662
18663 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18664 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18665
18666 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18667
18668 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18670
18671 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18672
18673 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18675
18676 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18680
18681 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18682 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18683 in place of `..':
18684 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18685 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18686 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18687 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18688 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18689 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18690 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18691 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18692 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18695 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18696 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18697 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18698 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18699 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18700
18701 \(fn)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18705
18706 \(fn)" t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display a list of all coding systems.
18710 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18711
18712 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18713 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18714
18715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display a list of all coding categories.
18719
18720 \(fn)" nil nil)
18721
18722 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18724 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18725
18726 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display information about FONTSET.
18730 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18731
18732 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18733
18734 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18735 Display a list of all fontsets.
18736 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18737 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18738 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18739
18740 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display information about all input methods.
18744
18745 \(fn)" t nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18749
18750 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18751 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18752 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18753 system which uses fontsets).
18754
18755 \(fn)" t nil)
18756
18757 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18758 Show log of font listing and opening.
18759 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18760 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18761
18762 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18763
18764 ;;;***
18765 \f
18766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21412
18767 ;;;;;; 2598 318409 0))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18769
18770 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18771 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18772
18773 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18774 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18775
18776 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18777 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18778
18779 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18780
18781 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18782 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18783 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18784 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18785 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18786 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18787 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18788
18789 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18790 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18791 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18792 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18793 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18794 middle of a character in STR.
18795
18796 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18797 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18798
18799 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18800 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18801 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18802 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18803 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18804
18805 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18806
18807 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18808 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18809
18810 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18811 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18812 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18813
18814 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18815 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18816 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18817
18818 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18819 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18820 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18821 are considered.
18822 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18823 longer than KEYSEQ.
18824 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18825
18826 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18827
18828 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18829 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18830 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18831 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18832 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18833 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18834 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18835 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18836 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18837 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18838 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18839
18840 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18841
18842 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18843 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18844
18845 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18846
18847 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18848 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18849
18850 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18851
18852 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18853 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18854
18855 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18858 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18859
18860 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18861
18862 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18863 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18864 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18865 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18866 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18867
18868 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18869 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18870
18871 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18872 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18873 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18874 coding systems ordered by priority.
18875
18876 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18877
18878 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18879
18880 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18881 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18882 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18883 language environment LANG-ENV.
18884
18885 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18886
18887 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18888 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18889 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18890 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18891 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18892 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18893
18894 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18895
18896 ;;;***
18897 \f
18898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18899 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18901
18902 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18903 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18904
18905 \(fn)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18908 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18909
18910 \(fn)" t nil)
18911
18912 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18913 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18914
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18918 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18919
18920 \(fn)" t nil)
18921
18922 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18923 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18924
18925 \(fn)" t nil)
18926
18927 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18928 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18929
18930 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18931
18932 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18933 Ping HOST.
18934 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18935 `ping-program-options'.
18936
18937 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18940 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18941
18942 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18943
18944 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18945 Run nslookup program.
18946
18947 \(fn)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18950 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18951
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18955 Run dig program.
18956
18957 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18960 Run ftp program.
18961
18962 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18965 Finger USER on HOST.
18966
18967 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18970 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18971 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18972 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18973
18974 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18977
18978
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18982 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18983
18984 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18987 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18988
18989 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18990
18991 ;;;***
18992 \f
18993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
18994 ;;;;;; 0))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18996
18997 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18998 Return a user name/password pair.
18999 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19000 listed in the PORTS list.
19001
19002 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19003
19004 ;;;***
19005 \f
19006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
19007 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19009
19010 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19011 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19012 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19013 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19014 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19015 closes it.
19016
19017 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19018 make it unique.
19019 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19020 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19021 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19022 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19023 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19024 a port number to connect to.
19025
19026 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19027 values:
19028
19029 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19030 nil or `network'
19031 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19032 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19033 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19034 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19035 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19036 an unencrypted connection.
19037 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19038 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19039 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19040 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19041 returned object is a killed process.
19042 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19043 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19044 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19045
19046 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19047 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19048 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19049 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19050 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19051 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19052 or nil if none could be found.
19053 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19054 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19055
19056 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19057
19058 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19059 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19060 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19061
19062 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19063 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19064 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19065
19066 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19067 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19068 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19069
19070 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19071 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19072 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19073 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19074
19075 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19076 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19077
19078 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19079 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19080 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19081 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19082 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19083 or STARTTLS connections.
19084
19085 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19086 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19087
19088 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19089 a greeting from the server.
19090
19091 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19092 asynchronously, if possible.
19093
19094 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19095
19096 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19097
19098 ;;;***
19099 \f
19100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19101 ;;;;;; 57908 370145 500000))
19102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19103
19104 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19105 Check whether newsticker is running.
19106 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19107 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19108
19109 \(fn)" nil nil)
19110
19111 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19112 Start the newsticker.
19113 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19114 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19115 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19116 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19117
19118 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19119
19120 ;;;***
19121 \f
19122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19123 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19125
19126 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19127 Start newsticker plainview.
19128
19129 \(fn)" t nil)
19130
19131 ;;;***
19132 \f
19133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19134 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19136
19137 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19138 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19139
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19141
19142 ;;;***
19143 \f
19144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19145 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19147
19148 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19149 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19150 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19151 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19152 empty.
19153
19154 \(fn)" nil nil)
19155
19156 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19157 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19158 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19159 running already.
19160
19161 \(fn)" t nil)
19162
19163 ;;;***
19164 \f
19165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21481
19166 ;;;;;; 59815 980216 0))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19168
19169 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19170 Start newsticker treeview.
19171
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19177 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19179 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19180
19181 ;;;***
19182 \f
19183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19184 ;;;;;; 0))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19186
19187 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19188 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19189
19190 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19191
19192 ;;;***
19193 \f
19194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19195 ;;;;;; 0))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19197
19198 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19199 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19200 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19201 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19202 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19203 symbol in the alist.
19204
19205 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19206
19207 ;;;***
19208 \f
19209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19210 ;;;;;; 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19212
19213 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19214 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19215 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19216
19217 \(fn)" t nil)
19218
19219 ;;;***
19220 \f
19221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19223
19224 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19225 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19226
19227 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19228
19229 ;;;***
19230 \f
19231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19233
19234 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19235
19236 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19237 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19238 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19239
19240 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19241
19242
19243 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19244
19245 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19246 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19247 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19248 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19249 to future sessions.
19250
19251 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19252
19253 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19254 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19255 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19256 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19257 future sessions.
19258
19259 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19260
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19264 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19266
19267 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19268 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19269 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19270 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19271 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19272 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19273
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19275
19276 ;;;***
19277 \f
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19280 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19281
19282 ;;;***
19283 \f
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19285 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19287
19288 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19289 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19290 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19291 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19292
19293 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19294
19295 ;;;***
19296 \f
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21383 2343
19298 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19300
19301 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19302 Major mode for editing XML.
19303
19304 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19305 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19306 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19307 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19308 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19309 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19310 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19311
19312 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19313
19314 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19315 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19316
19317 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19318 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19319 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19320 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19321 instead of C-c.
19322
19323 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19324 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19325 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19326 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19327 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19328 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19329
19330 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19331 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19332 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19333
19334 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19335 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19336 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19337
19338 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19339 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19340 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19341 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19342 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19343 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19344 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19345 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19346 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19347
19348 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19349
19350 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19351 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19352
19353 \(fn)" t nil)
19354 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19355
19356 ;;;***
19357 \f
19358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19359 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19360 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19361
19362 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19363 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19364 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19365 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19366
19367 \(fn)" t nil)
19368
19369 ;;;***
19370 \f
19371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21437 5802
19372 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
19373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19374
19375 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19376 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19377
19378 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19379 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19380 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19381 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19382
19383 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19384
19385 Key bindings:
19386 \\{octave-mode-map}
19387
19388 \(fn)" t nil)
19389
19390 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19391 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19392 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19393
19394 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19395
19396 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19397 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19398
19399 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19400 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19401 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19402
19403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19404
19405 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19406
19407 ;;;***
19408 \f
19409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19410 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
19411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19412
19413 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19414
19415 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19416 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19417 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19418 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19419 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19420
19421 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19422
19423 Customization:
19424
19425 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19426 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19427 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19428 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19429 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19430 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19431 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19432 Directories to search when finding external units.
19433 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19434 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19435
19436 Coloring:
19437
19438 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19439 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19440
19441 \(fn)" t nil)
19442
19443 ;;;***
19444 \f
19445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
19446 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19447
19448 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19449 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19450
19451 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19452
19453 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19454 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19455 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19456 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19457 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19458 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19459
19460 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19461
19462 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19463 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19464 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19465 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19466 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19467
19468 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19469
19470 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19471 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19472
19473 \(fn)" nil nil)
19474
19475 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19476 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19477
19478 \(fn)" nil nil)
19479
19480 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19481 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19482 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19483
19484 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19485 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19486 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19487 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19488 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19489 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19490 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19491 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19492 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19493 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19494
19495 The following commands are available:
19496
19497 \\{org-mode-map}
19498
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19500
19501 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19502 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19503
19504 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19505 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19506 in special contexts.
19507
19508 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19509 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19510 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19511 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19512 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19513 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19514 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19515 properties in the buffer.
19516 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19517 including any drawers.
19518
19519 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19520
19521 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19522 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19523 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19524 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19525 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19526 and zoom in further.
19527 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19528 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19529
19530 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19531 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19532 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19533 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19534 times right after creating a new headline.
19535
19536 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19537 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19538 is negative, go up that many levels.
19539
19540 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19541 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19542 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19543
19544 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19545 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19546 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19547 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19548
19549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19552 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19553 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19554 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19555
19556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19557 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19558
19559 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19560 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19561 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19562 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19563 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19564 defined by Org-mode).
19565
19566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19567
19568 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19569 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19570
19571 \(fn)" nil nil)
19572
19573 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19574 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19575
19576 \(fn)" nil nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19579 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19580 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19581 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19582 call CMD.
19583
19584 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19585
19586 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19587 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19588 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19589 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19590
19591 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19592 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19593 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19594
19595 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19596 part of Org's core.
19597
19598 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19599 active region.
19600
19601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19602
19603 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19604 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19605 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19606
19607 \(fn)" t nil)
19608
19609 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19610 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19611 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19612 Org-mode syntax.
19613
19614 \(fn)" t nil)
19615
19616 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19617 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19618
19619 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19620
19621 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19622 Switch between Org buffers.
19623 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19624 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19625
19626 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19627 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19628
19629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19630
19631 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19632
19633 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19636 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19637 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19638 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19639
19640 \(fn)" t nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19643 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19644
19645 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19646
19647 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19648 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19649 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19650
19651 \(fn)" t nil)
19652
19653 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19654 Reload all org lisp files.
19655 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19656
19657 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19660 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19661
19662 \(fn)" t nil)
19663
19664 ;;;***
19665 \f
19666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 37672
19667 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19668 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19669
19670 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19671 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19672
19673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19674
19675 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19676 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19677 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19678 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19679
19680 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19681 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19682 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19683 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19684 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19685 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19686 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19687 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19688 e Export views to associated files.
19689 s Search entries for keywords.
19690 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19691 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19692 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19693 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19694 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19695 > Remove a previous restriction.
19696 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19697 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19698 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19699
19700 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19701 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19702 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19703
19704 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19705 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19706 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19707 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19708 \(if active).
19709
19710 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19711
19712 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19713 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19714 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19715 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19716 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19717 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19718 before running the agenda command.
19719
19720 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19721
19722 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19723 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19724 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19725 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19726 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19727 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19728 before running the agenda command.
19729
19730 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19731 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19732
19733 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19734
19735 category The category of the item
19736 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19737 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19738 todo selected in TODO match
19739 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19740 diary imported from diary
19741 deadline a deadline on given date
19742 scheduled scheduled on given date
19743 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19744 closed entry was closed on given date
19745 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19746 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19747 block entry has date block including g. date
19748 todo The todo keyword, if any
19749 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19750 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19751 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19752 extra Sting with extra planning info
19753 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19754 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19755 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19756
19757 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19760 Store agenda views.
19761
19762 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19763
19764 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19765 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19766
19767 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19770 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19771 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19772 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19773
19774 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19775 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19776 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19777
19778 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19779 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19780
19781 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19782 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19783
19784 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19785
19786 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19787 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19788
19789 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19790 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19791 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19792 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19793 EDIT-AT.
19794
19795 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19796 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19797 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19798 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19799 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19800 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19801
19802 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19803 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19804 including newlines.
19805
19806 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19807 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19808 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19809 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19810 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19811 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19812 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19813
19814 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19815 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19816 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19817 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19818
19819 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19820 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19821 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19822 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19823 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19824 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19825 Boolean search must match as full words.
19826
19827 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19828 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19829
19830 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19831
19832 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19833 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19834 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19835 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19836 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19837 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19838
19839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19840
19841 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19842 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19843 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19844
19845 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19846
19847 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19848 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19849 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19850 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19851 `org-stuck-projects'.
19852
19853 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19856 Return diary information from org files.
19857 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19858 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19859 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19860 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19861 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19862
19863 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19864
19865 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19866
19867 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19868 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19869
19870 &%%(org-diary)
19871
19872 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19873 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19874 So the example above may also be written as
19875
19876 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19877
19878 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19879 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19880 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19881
19882 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19885 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19886
19887 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19888
19889 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19890 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19891 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19892 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19893 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19894
19895 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19896
19897 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19898 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19899 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19900
19901 \(fn)" t nil)
19902
19903 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19904 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19905 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19906 appointments.
19907
19908 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19909 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19910
19911 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19912 for filtering entries out.
19913
19914 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19915 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19916 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19917
19918 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19919 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19920
19921 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19922 (category \"Work\"))
19923
19924 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19925 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19926
19927 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19928 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19929 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19930 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19931 details and examples.
19932
19933 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19934 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19935
19936 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19937
19938 ;;;***
19939 \f
19940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 37672
19941 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19942 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19943
19944 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19945 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19946
19947 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19948
19949 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19950 Capture something.
19951 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19952 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19953 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19954 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19955 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19956 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19957
19958 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19959 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19960 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19961 stored.
19962
19963 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19964
19965 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19966 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19967 will be bypassed.
19968
19969 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19970 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19971 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19972 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19973
19974 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19975
19976 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19977 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19978
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19980
19981 ;;;***
19982 \f
19983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19984 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19986
19987 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19988 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19989
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19991
19992 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19993
19994
19995 \(fn)" nil nil)
19996
19997 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19998 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19999 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20000
20001 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20002
20003 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20004 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20005
20006 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20007
20008 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20009 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20010
20011 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20012
20013 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20014 Write the column view table.
20015 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20016
20017 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20018 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20019 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20020 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20021 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20022 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20023 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20024 using `org-id-find'.
20025 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20026 a hline before each level <= that number.
20027 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20028 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20029 :skip-empty-rows
20030 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20031 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20032
20033 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20034
20035 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20036 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20037
20038 \(fn)" t nil)
20039
20040 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20041 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20042
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20044
20045 ;;;***
20046 \f
20047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21417 20521
20048 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
20049 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20050
20051 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20052 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20053
20054 \(fn)" nil t)
20055
20056 ;;;***
20057 \f
20058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20059 ;;;;;; 0))
20060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20061
20062 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20063 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20064
20065 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20066
20067 ;;;***
20068 \f
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 37672
20070 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20072
20073 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20074 The release version of org-mode.
20075 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20076
20077 \(fn)" nil nil)
20078
20079 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20080 The Git version of org-mode.
20081 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20082
20083 \(fn)" nil nil)
20084
20085 ;;;***
20086 \f
20087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20088 ;;;;;; 0))
20089 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20090 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20091 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20092
20093 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20094 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20095 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20096 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20097
20098 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20099 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20100 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20101 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20102
20103 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20104 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20105 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20106 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20107 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20108 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20109
20110 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20111 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20112 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20113
20114 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20115 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20116 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20117 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20118 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20119 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20120 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20121 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20122 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20123 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20124 The subheadings remain visible.
20125 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20126
20127 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20128 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20129 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20130
20131 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20132 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20133
20134 \(fn)" t nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20137 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20139 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20140 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20141
20142 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20143
20144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20145 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20146
20147 ;;;***
20148 \f
20149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21419 62246
20150 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20152 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20153
20154 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20155 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20156 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20157 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20158 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20159
20160 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20161 activate the package system at any time.")
20162
20163 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20164
20165 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20166 Install the package PKG.
20167 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20168 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20169
20170 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20171
20172 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20173 Install a package from the current buffer.
20174 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20175 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20176 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20177
20178 \(fn)" t nil)
20179
20180 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20181 Install a package from a file.
20182 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20183
20184 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20185
20186 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20187 Import keys from FILE.
20188
20189 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20190
20191 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20192 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20193 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20194 makes them available for download.
20195
20196 \(fn)" t nil)
20197
20198 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20199 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20200 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20201 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20202
20203 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20206 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20207
20208 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20209
20210 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20211 Display a list of packages.
20212 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20213 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20214 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20215
20216 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20217
20218 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20219
20220 ;;;***
20221 \f
20222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20223 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20224
20225 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20226 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20227 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20230 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20231
20232 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20233
20234 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20235 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20237 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20238 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20239
20240 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20241 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20242 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20243
20244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20245
20246 ;;;***
20247 \f
20248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21471
20249 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20251 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20252
20253 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20254 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20255 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20256 unknown are returned as nil.
20257
20258 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20259
20260 ;;;***
20261 \f
20262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21429 11690
20263 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20265
20266 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20267 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20268 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20269
20270 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20271 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20272
20273 Other useful functions are:
20274
20275 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20276 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20277 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20278 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20279 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20280 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20281 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20282 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20283 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20284
20285 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20286
20287 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20288 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20289 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20290 Indentation for case statements.
20291 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20292 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20293 mark after an end.
20294 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20295 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20296 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20297 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20298 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20299 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20300 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20301 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20302 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20303 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20304
20305 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20306 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20307
20308 \(fn)" t nil)
20309
20310 ;;;***
20311 \f
20312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20313 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20315
20316 (defvar password-cache t "\
20317 Whether to cache passwords.")
20318
20319 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20320
20321 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20322 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20323 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20324
20325 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20326
20327 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20328 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20329
20330 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20331
20332 ;;;***
20333 \f
20334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20335 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20337
20338 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20339 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20340 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20341
20342 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20343 _ matches anything.
20344 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20345 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20346 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20347 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20348 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20349 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20350 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20351 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20352 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20353 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20354
20355 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20356 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20357 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20358 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20359 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20360 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20361
20362 PRED can take the form
20363 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20364 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20365 which is the value being matched.
20366 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20367 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20368 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20369 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20370 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20371
20372 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20373
20374 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20375
20376 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20377 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20378 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20379 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20380
20381 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20382
20383 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20384
20385 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20386 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20387 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20388 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20389
20390 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20391
20392 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20393
20394 ;;;***
20395 \f
20396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20397 ;;;;;; 0))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20399
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20401 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20402
20403 \(fn)" nil nil)
20404
20405 ;;;***
20406 \f
20407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20408 ;;;;;; 0))
20409 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20410
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20412 Completion for `gzip'.
20413
20414 \(fn)" nil nil)
20415
20416 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20417 Completion for `bzip2'.
20418
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20422 Completion for GNU `make'.
20423
20424 \(fn)" nil nil)
20425
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20427 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20428
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20430
20431 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20432
20433 ;;;***
20434 \f
20435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20436 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20438
20439 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20440 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20441
20442 \(fn)" nil nil)
20443
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20445 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20450 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20451
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20453
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20457 ;;;;;; 0))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20461 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 ;;;***
20466 \f
20467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20468 ;;;;;; 0))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20470
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20472 Completion for `cd'.
20473
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475
20476 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20477
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for `rmdir'.
20480
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20484 Completion for `rm'.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for `xargs'.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20494
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20496 Completion for `which'.
20497
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20499
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20501 Completion for the `chown' command.
20502
20503 \(fn)" nil nil)
20504
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20506 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20507
20508 \(fn)" nil nil)
20509
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20511 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20512
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20517 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 ;;;***
20522 \f
20523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20524 ;;;;;; 0))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20526
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20528 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20529
20530 \(fn)" nil nil)
20531
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20533 Completion for the `ack' command.
20534 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20535 long options.
20536
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20542 Completion for the `ag' command.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 ;;;***
20547 \f
20548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20549 ;;;;;; 0))
20550 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20551
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20553 Support extensible programmable completion.
20554 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20555 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20556
20557 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20558
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20560 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20561
20562 \(fn)" t nil)
20563
20564 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20565 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20566 This will modify the current buffer.
20567
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20571 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20572
20573 \(fn)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20576 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20577 This will modify the current buffer.
20578
20579 \(fn)" t nil)
20580
20581 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20582 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20583
20584 \(fn)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20587 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20588
20589 \(fn)" t nil)
20590
20591 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20592 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20593 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20594 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20595 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20596
20597 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20598
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20600 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20601
20602 \(fn)" nil nil)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20608
20609 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20610 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20611 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20612 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20613
20614 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20615
20616 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20617
20618 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20619 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20620 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20621 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20622 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20623 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20624 FLAGS is ignored.
20625
20626 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20629 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20630 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20631 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20632 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20633 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20634 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20635 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20636
20637 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20638
20639 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20640 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20641 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20642 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20645 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20646 passed to cvs.
20647
20648 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20649
20650 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20651 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20652 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20653 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20654 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20655 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20656 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20657
20658 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20659
20660 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20661 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20662 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20663
20664 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20665
20666 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20667 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20668 A value of nil means never do it.
20669 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20670 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20671 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20672
20673 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20674
20675 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20676 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20677 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20678
20679 ;;;***
20680 \f
20681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20682 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20684
20685 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20686 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20687
20688 ;;;***
20689 \f
20690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21437
20691 ;;;;;; 5802 125919 0))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20693 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20694 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20695 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20696 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20697 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20698 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20699
20700 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20701 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20702 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20703 Tab indents for Perl code.
20704 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20705 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20707 \\{perl-mode-map}
20708 Variables controlling indentation style:
20709 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20710 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20711 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20712 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20713 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20714 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20715 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20716 `perl-nochange'
20717 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20718 `perl-indent-level'
20719 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20720 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20721 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20722 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20723 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20724 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20725 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20726 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20727 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20728 `perl-brace-offset'
20729 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20730 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20731 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20732 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20733 `perl-label-offset'
20734 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20735 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20736 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20737
20738 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20739 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20740 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20741 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20742 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20743 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20744 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20745
20746 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20747
20748 \(fn)" t nil)
20749
20750 ;;;***
20751 \f
20752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 62246
20753 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20755
20756 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20757 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20758 \\<picture-mode-map>
20759 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20760 afterwards settable by these commands:
20761
20762 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20763 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20764 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20765 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20766
20767 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20768 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20769 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20770 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20771
20772 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20773 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20774 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20775 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20776
20777 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20778 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20779 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20780 with these commands:
20781
20782 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20783 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20784 Move to column following last
20785 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20786 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20787 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20788 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20789 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20790 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20791
20792 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20793
20794 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20795 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20796 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20797 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20798 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20799 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20800
20801 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20802 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20803 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20804 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20805 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20806 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20807 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20808
20809 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20810 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20811 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20812 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20813 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20814 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20815 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20816 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20817
20818 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20819 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20820 by supplying an argument.
20821
20822 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20823
20824 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20825 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20826
20827 \(fn)" t nil)
20828
20829 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20830
20831 ;;;***
20832 \f
20833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20834 ;;;;;; 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20836
20837 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20838 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20839
20840 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20841
20842 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20843 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20844
20845 \(fn)" t nil)
20846
20847 ;;;***
20848 \f
20849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20850 ;;;;;; 0))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20852
20853 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20854 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20855 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20856
20857 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20858
20859 ;;;***
20860 \f
20861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20863
20864 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20865 Play pong and waste time.
20866 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20867 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20868
20869 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20870
20871 \\{pong-mode-map}
20872
20873 \(fn)" t nil)
20874
20875 ;;;***
20876 \f
20877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20879
20880 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20881 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20882 Use streaming commands.
20883
20884 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20885
20886 ;;;***
20887 \f
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21429 11690 49391
20889 ;;;;;; 0))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20891
20892 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20893 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20894 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20895 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20896
20897 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20898
20899 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20900 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20901
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20905 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20906 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20907 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20908 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20909
20910 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20911
20912 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20913 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20914 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20915
20916 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20919 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20920
20921 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20922
20923 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20924 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20925 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20926 Ignores leading comment characters.
20927
20928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20931 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20932 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20933 Ignores leading comment characters.
20934
20935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20936
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21364 37926 837230
20940 ;;;;;; 0))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20942 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20943
20944 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20945 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20946
20947 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20948
20949 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20950
20951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20952
20953 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20954 Preview directory using ghostview.
20955
20956 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20957 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20958 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20959 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20960
20961 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20962 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20963 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20964 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20965 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20966 file name.
20967
20968 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20969
20970 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20973 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20974
20975 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20976 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20977 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20978 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20979
20980 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20981 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20982 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20983 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20984 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20985 file name.
20986
20987 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20988
20989 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20990
20991 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20992 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20993
20994 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20995 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20996 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20997 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20998
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21000 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21001 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21002 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21003 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21004 file name.
21005
21006 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21007
21008 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21011 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21012
21013 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21014
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21016 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21017 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21018 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21019
21020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21021 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21022 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21023 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21024 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21025 file name.
21026
21027 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21028
21029 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030
21031 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21032 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21033
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21035 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21036 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21037
21038 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21039 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21040 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21041 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21042
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21046 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21047
21048 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21049 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21050 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21051
21052 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21053 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21054 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21055 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21056
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21060 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21061
21062 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21063 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21064 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21065
21066 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21067 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21068 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21069 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21070
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21074 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21075
21076 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21077
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21079 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21080 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21081
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21083 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21084 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21085 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21086
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21090 Preview region using ghostview.
21091
21092 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21093
21094 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095
21096 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21097 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21098
21099 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21100
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21104 Print region using PostScript printer.
21105
21106 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21107
21108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21111 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21112
21113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21114
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21116
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21118 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21119
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21121
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21125 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21126
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21128
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21130
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21132 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21133
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21135
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21139 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21140
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21142
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21146 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21147 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21148 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21149
21150 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21151 matching.
21152
21153 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21154 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21155
21156 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21157
21158 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21161 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21162 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21163 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21164
21165 \(fn)" t nil)
21166
21167 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21168 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21169 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21170 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21171
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21173
21174 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21175 Print directory using text printer.
21176
21177 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21178 matching.
21179
21180 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21181 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21182
21183 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21184
21185 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21186
21187 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21188 Print buffer using text printer.
21189
21190 \(fn)" t nil)
21191
21192 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21193 Print region using text printer.
21194
21195 \(fn)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21198 Print major mode using text printer.
21199
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21203 Preview spooled PostScript.
21204
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21207 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21208
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21211 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21212
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21214
21215 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21216 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21217
21218 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21219 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21220 instead of sending it to the printer.
21221
21222 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21223 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21224 image in a file with that name.
21225
21226 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21227
21228 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21229 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21230
21231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21232 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21233 instead of sending it to the printer.
21234
21235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21236 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21237 image in a file with that name.
21238
21239 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21243
21244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21245 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21246 instead of sending it to the printer.
21247
21248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21249 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21250 image in a file with that name.
21251
21252 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21255 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21256
21257 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21260 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21261
21262 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21266
21267 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21270 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21271
21272 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21275 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21276
21277 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21280 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21281
21282 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21283 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21284 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21285 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21286
21287 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21288 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21289 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21290 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21291 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21292 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21293 file name.
21294
21295 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21296
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21298 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21299
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21303 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21304
21305 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21306 right.
21307 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21308 bottom.
21309
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21313 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21314
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21318 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21319
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21321
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21323 Toggle printing with faces.
21324
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21328 Toggle spooling.
21329
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21333 Toggle duplex.
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21338 Toggle tumble.
21339
21340 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21341 right.
21342 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21343 bottom.
21344
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21348 Toggle landscape.
21349
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21353 Toggle upside-down.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21358 Toggle line number.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21363 Toggle zebra stripes.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21368 Toggle printing header.
21369
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21373 Toggle printing header frame.
21374
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21378 Toggle menu lock.
21379
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21383 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21384
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21388 Toggle auto mode.
21389
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21391
21392 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21393 Customization of the `printing' group.
21394
21395 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21398 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21399
21400 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21401
21402 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21403 Help for the printing package.
21404
21405 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21408 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21409
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21413 Interactively select a text printer.
21414
21415 \(fn)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21418 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21423 Show current ps-print settings.
21424
21425 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21428 Show current printing settings.
21429
21430 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21433 Show current lpr settings.
21434
21435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21438 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21439
21440 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21441 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21442 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21443 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21444
21445
21446 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21447
21448 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21449 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21450 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21451
21452 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21453 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21454 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21455 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21456 current active printer.
21457
21458 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21459 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21460 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21461 printer.
21462
21463 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21464 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21465 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21466 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21467 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21468
21469
21470 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21471 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21472
21473 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21474
21475 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21476 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21477 be done using the new current active printer.
21478
21479 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21480 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21481 printer.
21482
21483 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21484 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21485 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21486 instead of sending it to the printer.
21487
21488 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21489 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21490 printer.
21491
21492 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21493
21494
21495 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21496 are both set to t.
21497
21498 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21501 Fast fire function for text printing.
21502
21503 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21504 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21505 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21506 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21507
21508 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21509 user for a new active text printer.
21510
21511 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21512
21513 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21514
21515 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21516 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21517 printer.
21518
21519 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21520
21521 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21522 are both set to t.
21523
21524 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21525
21526 ;;;***
21527 \f
21528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21529 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21530
21531 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21532 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21533 \\<proced-mode-map>
21534 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21535 the process information.
21536
21537 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21538
21539 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21540 Proced buffers.
21541
21542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21543
21544 ;;;***
21545 \f
21546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21547 ;;;;;; 0))
21548 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21549
21550 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21551 Start/restart profilers.
21552 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21553 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21554 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21555
21556 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21557
21558 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21559 Open profile FILENAME.
21560
21561 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21562
21563 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21564 Open profile FILENAME.
21565
21566 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21567
21568 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21569 Open profile FILENAME.
21570
21571 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21572
21573 ;;;***
21574 \f
21575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21462 9001
21576 ;;;;;; 456449 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21578
21579 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21580 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21581
21582 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21583 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21584
21585 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21586
21587 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21588 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21589
21590 Commands:
21591 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21592
21593 \(fn)" t nil)
21594
21595 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21596 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21597 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21598
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21600
21601 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21602 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21603 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21604
21605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21606
21607 ;;;***
21608 \f
21609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21611
21612 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21613 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21614 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21615
21616 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21617
21618 ;;;***
21619 \f
21620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21342 10917
21621 ;;;;;; 902592 0))
21622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21623 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21624
21625 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21626 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21627
21628 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21629
21630 The following variables hold user options, and can
21631 be set through the `customize' command:
21632
21633 `ps-mode-tab'
21634 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21635 `ps-mode-print-function'
21636 `ps-run-prompt'
21637 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21638 `ps-run-x'
21639 `ps-run-dumb'
21640 `ps-run-init'
21641 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21642 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21643
21644 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21645
21646
21647 \\{ps-mode-map}
21648
21649
21650 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21651 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21652 The keymap for this second window is:
21653
21654 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21655
21656
21657 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21658 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21659 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21660 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21661 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21662
21663 \(fn)" t nil)
21664
21665 ;;;***
21666 \f
21667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21360 40869 887231
21668 ;;;;;; 0))
21669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21670 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21671
21672 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21673 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21674 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21675
21676 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21677
21678 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21679 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21680 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21681 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21682
21683 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21684
21685 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21686 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21687
21688 Valid values are:
21689
21690 nil Do not print colors.
21691
21692 t Print colors.
21693
21694 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21695 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21696
21697 Any other value is treated as t.")
21698
21699 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21700
21701 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21702 Customization of ps-print group.
21703
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21705
21706 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21707 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21708
21709 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21710 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21711 sending it to the printer.
21712
21713 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21714 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21715 image in a file with that name.
21716
21717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21718
21719 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21720 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21721 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21722 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21723 so it has a way to determine color values.
21724
21725 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21726
21727 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21728 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21729 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21730
21731 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21735 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21736 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21737 so it has a way to determine color values.
21738
21739 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21743 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21744 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21745
21746 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21747
21748 \(fn)" t nil)
21749
21750 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21751 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21752 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21753 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21754 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21755
21756 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21757
21758 \(fn)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21762 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21763
21764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21765
21766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21770 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21771 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21772 so it has a way to determine color values.
21773
21774 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21775
21776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21777
21778 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21779 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21780
21781 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21782 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21783 instead of sending it to the printer.
21784
21785 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21786 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21787 image in a file with that name.
21788
21789 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21792 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21793 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21794 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21795 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21796
21797 \(fn)" t nil)
21798
21799 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21800 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21801 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21802
21803 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21806 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21807 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21808
21809 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21812 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21813
21814 \(fn)" nil nil)
21815
21816 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21817 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21818
21819 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21820 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21821
21822 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21823 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21824
21825 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21826
21827 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21828
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21830
21831 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21832 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21833
21834 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21835 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21836
21837 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21838 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21839
21840 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21841
21842 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21843
21844 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21845
21846 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21847 foreground and background colors respectively.
21848
21849 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21850 bold - use bold font.
21851 italic - use italic font.
21852 underline - put a line under text.
21853 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21854 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21855 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21856 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21857 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21858
21859 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21860
21861 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21862
21863 ;;;***
21864 \f
21865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21866 ;;;;;; 0))
21867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21868 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21869
21870 ;;;***
21871 \f
21872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21503 425 992235
21873 ;;;;;; 0))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21875 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21876
21877 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21878
21879 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21880
21881 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21882 Run an inferior Python process.
21883 Input and output via buffer named after
21884 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21885 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21886
21887 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21888 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21889 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21890 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21891
21892 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21893 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21894 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21895
21896 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21897
21898 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21899 Major mode for editing Python files.
21900
21901 \\{python-mode-map}
21902
21903 \(fn)" t nil)
21904
21905 ;;;***
21906 \f
21907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21909
21910 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21911 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21912 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21913 coding-system.
21914
21915 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21916 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21917
21918 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21919 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21920 them into characters should be done separately.
21921
21922 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21923
21924 ;;;***
21925 \f
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21927 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21929
21930 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21931 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21932
21933 \(fn)" nil nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21936 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21937 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21938
21939 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21940 `quail-activate', which see.
21941
21942 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21945 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21946 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21947 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21948 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21949 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21950 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21951
21952 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21953 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21954 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21955 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21956 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21957 shown.
21958 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21959
21960 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21961 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21962 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21963 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21964 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21965 list of candidates.
21966
21967 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21968 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21969 command to be called.
21970
21971 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21972 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21973 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21974 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21975
21976 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21977 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21978 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21979 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21980 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21981 to t.
21982
21983 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21984 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21985 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21986 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21987
21988 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21989 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21990 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21991 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21992 defines no translations for single character keys.
21993
21994 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21995 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21996 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21997 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21998 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21999 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22000
22001 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22002 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22003 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22004 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22005 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22006 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22007
22008 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22009 covers Quail translation region.
22010
22011 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22012 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22013 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22014 for it) is inserted.
22015
22016 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22017 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22018 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22019
22020 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22021 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22022 non-Quail commands.
22023
22024 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22025
22026 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22027 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22028
22029 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22030 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22031 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22032 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22033 you type is correctly handled.
22034
22035 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22036
22037 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22038 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22039
22040 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22041 keyboard type.
22042
22043 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22044
22045 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22046 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22047 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22048 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22049 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22050 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22051 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22052 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22053 for the translation.
22054 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22055
22056 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22057 it is used to handle KEY.
22058
22059 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22060 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22061 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22062 the following annotation types are supported.
22063
22064 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22065 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22066
22067 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22068 candidate list.
22069
22070 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22071 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22072 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22073 inserted.
22074
22075 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22076 generated for the following translations.
22077
22078 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22079
22080 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22081 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22082
22083 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22084 which to install MAP.
22085
22086 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22087
22088 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22089
22090 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22091 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22092
22093 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22094 which to install MAP.
22095
22096 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22097
22098 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22099
22100 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22101 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22102 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22103 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22104 a function, or a cons.
22105 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22106 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22107 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22108 for the translation.
22109 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22110 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22111 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22112 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22113 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22114
22115 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22116 it is used to handle KEY.
22117
22118 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22119 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22120 current Quail package.
22121
22122 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22123 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22124
22125 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22126
22127 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22128 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22129
22130 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22131 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22132
22133 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22134
22135 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22136 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22137
22138 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22139
22140 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22141 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22142 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22143 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22144 of the Emacs source tree.
22145
22146 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22147 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22148
22149 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22150 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22151 of each directory.
22152
22153 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22154
22155 ;;;***
22156 \f
22157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22158 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22160
22161 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22162 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22163 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22164 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22165
22166 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22167
22168 ;;;***
22169 \f
22170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22171 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22173
22174 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22175 Activate UCS input method.
22176 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22177
22178 While this input method is active, the variable
22179 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22180
22181 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22182
22183 ;;;***
22184 \f
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22186 ;;;;;; 0))
22187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22188
22189 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22190 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22191 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22192 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22193
22194 To make use of this do something like:
22195
22196 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22197
22198 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22199
22200 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22201 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22202
22203 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22204 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22205 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22206
22207 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22210 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22211
22212 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22213
22214 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22215 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22216
22217 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22218 is decided.
22219
22220 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22221
22222 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22223 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22224
22225 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22226 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22227 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22228
22229 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22230
22231 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22232 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22233
22234 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22235
22236 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22237 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22238
22239 \(fn)" t nil)
22240
22241 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22242 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22243
22244 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22245
22246 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22247
22248 \(fn)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22251 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 ;;;***
22256 \f
22257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21452 59559 901066
22258 ;;;;;; 0))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22260
22261 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22262 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22263
22264 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22265
22266 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22267
22268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22269
22270 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22271
22272 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22273
22274
22275 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22276
22277 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22278 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22279 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22281 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22282 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22283
22284 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22285
22286 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22287 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22289 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22290 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22291
22292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22293
22294 ;;;***
22295 \f
22296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22297 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22299
22300 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22301
22302 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22303 Construct a regexp interactively.
22304 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22305 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22306 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22307
22308 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22309 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22310
22311 \(fn)" t nil)
22312
22313 ;;;***
22314 \f
22315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22316 ;;;;;; 0))
22317 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22318
22319 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22320 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22321 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22324 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22325
22326 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22327
22328 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22329 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22332 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22333
22334 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22335 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22336 were operated on recently.
22337
22338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22339
22340 ;;;***
22341 \f
22342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21471 23976 844614 0))
22343 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22344
22345 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22346 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22347 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22348 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22349 ends.
22350
22351 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22352 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22353 to be deleted.
22354
22355 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22356
22357 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22358 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22359 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22360
22361 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22362 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22363 deleted.
22364
22365 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22366
22367 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22369 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22370
22371 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22372
22373 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22374 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22375
22376 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22377 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22378
22379 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22380 deleted.
22381
22382 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22383 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22384 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22385 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22386 even beep.)
22387
22388 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22389
22390 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22391 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22392
22393 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22394
22395 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22396 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22397
22398 \(fn)" t nil)
22399
22400 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22401 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22402 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22403 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22404 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22405 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22406 and point is at the lower right corner.
22407
22408 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22409
22410 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22411 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22412
22413 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22414 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22415
22416 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22417 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22418 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22419
22420 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22421
22422 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22423
22424 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22425 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22426 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22427 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22428 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22429
22430 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22431 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22432
22433 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22434
22435 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22437 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22438
22439 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22440
22441 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22442
22443 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22444
22445 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22447
22448 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22449 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22450 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22451
22452 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22453
22454 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22455 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22456 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22457
22458 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22459 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22460 rectangle which were empty.
22461
22462 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22463
22464 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22465 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22466
22467 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22468 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22469 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22470 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22471
22472 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22473
22474 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22475 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22476 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22477
22478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22479
22480 ;;;***
22481 \f
22482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22483 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22485
22486 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22487 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22489 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22490 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22491
22492 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22493 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22494 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22495 auto-filling.
22496
22497 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22498
22499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22500
22501 ;;;***
22502 \f
22503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21418 41409
22504 ;;;;;; 280143 158000))
22505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22506 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22507 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22508 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22509 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22510
22511 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22512 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22513
22514 \(fn)" nil nil)
22515
22516 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22517 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22518
22519 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22520 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22521
22522 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22523 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22524 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22525 \\ref macro.
22526
22527 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22528 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22529 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22530
22531 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22532 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22533 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22534
22535 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22536 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22537
22538 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22539 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22540
22541 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22542 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22543 on the menu bar.
22544
22545 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22546
22547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22548
22549 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22550 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22551 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22552
22553 \(fn)" nil nil)
22554
22555 ;;;***
22556 \f
22557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22558 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22560 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22561 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22562 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22563 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22564
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21376
22568 ;;;;;; 29092 815151 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22570
22571 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22572 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22573 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22574 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22575 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22576 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22577
22578 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22579 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22580
22581 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22582 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22583 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22584 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22585
22586 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22587
22588 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22589 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22590 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22591 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22592
22593 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22594
22595 ;;;***
22596 \f
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22598 ;;;;;; 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22600 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22601
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22605 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22607 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22608
22609 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22610 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22611 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22612 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22613
22614 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22615
22616 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22617
22618 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22619 Call `remember' in another frame.
22620
22621 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22622
22623 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22624 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22625 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22626
22627 \(fn)" t nil)
22628
22629 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22630 Extract diary entries from the region.
22631
22632 \(fn)" nil nil)
22633
22634 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22635 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22636 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22637 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22638
22639 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22640
22641 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22642 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22643 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22644 minor mode.
22645
22646 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22647
22648 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22649 Return the buffer.
22650
22651 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22652 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22653 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22654
22655 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22656
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22661 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22662
22663 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22664 Repeat most recently executed command.
22665 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22666 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22667 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22668
22669 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22670 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22671 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22672 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22673
22674 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22675 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22676 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22677
22678 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22679
22680 ;;;***
22681 \f
22682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22683 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22685
22686 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22687 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22688
22689 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22690 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22691 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22692 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22693 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22694 and point is left after the salutation.
22695
22696 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22697 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22698 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22699 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22700 left after that text.
22701
22702 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22703 is non-nil.
22704
22705 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22706 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22707 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22708 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22709
22710 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22711
22712 ;;;***
22713 \f
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22715 ;;;;;; 0))
22716 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22717
22718 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22719 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22720 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22721 visibility of comments that precede it.
22722 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22723 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22724 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22725 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22726 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22727 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22728 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22729 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22730 the comment lines.
22731 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22732 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22733 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22734 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22735 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22736
22737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22738
22739 ;;;***
22740 \f
22741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
22742 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22743
22744 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22745 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22747 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22748 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22749
22750 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22751 reveals invisible text around point.
22752
22753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22754
22755 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22756 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22757 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22760 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22761
22762 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22763
22764 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22765 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22766 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22767
22768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22769 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22770 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22771
22772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22773
22774 ;;;***
22775 \f
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22777 ;;;;;; 0))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22779
22780 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22781 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22782
22783 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22784
22785 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22786 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22787
22788 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22789
22790 ;;;***
22791 \f
22792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22793 ;;;;;; 0))
22794 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22795
22796 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22797 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22798 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22799 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22800
22801 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22802
22803 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22804 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22805 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22806 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22807
22808 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22809 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22810
22811 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22812 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22813
22814 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22815 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22816 INPUT-ARGS.
22817
22818 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22819 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22820 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22821 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22822 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22823
22824 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22825 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22826 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22827 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22828
22829 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22830 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22831 variable.
22832
22833 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22834
22835 ;;;***
22836 \f
22837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21384 23211 329821
22838 ;;;;;; 0))
22839 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22840
22841 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22842 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22843
22844 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22845
22846 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22847
22848 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22849 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22850 Its name should end with a slash.")
22851
22852 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22853 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22854
22855 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22856 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22857 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22858
22859 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22860
22861 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22862 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22863 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22864 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22865 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22866 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22867 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22868
22869 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22870 sent by you under different user names.
22871 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22872
22873 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22874
22875 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22876
22877 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22878
22879 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22880 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22881 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22882 explicitly.")
22883
22884 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22885
22886 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22887 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22888 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22889 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22890 which normally happens once for each message,
22891 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22892 To make a change in this variable take effect
22893 for a message that you have already viewed,
22894 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22895
22896 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22897
22898 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22899 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22900 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22901 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22902
22903 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22904
22905 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22906 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22907
22908 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22909
22910 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22911 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22912 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22913
22914 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22915
22916 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22917 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22918 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22919 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22920 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22921 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22922
22923 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22924
22925 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22926 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22927
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22929
22930 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22931 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22932
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22934
22935 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22936 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22937
22938 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22939 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22940
22941 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22942
22943 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22944 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22945
22946 This is set to nil by default.")
22947
22948 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22949 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22950 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22951 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22952 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22953 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22954 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22955
22956 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22957 Read and edit incoming mail.
22958 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22959 file in RMAIL Mode.
22960 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22961
22962 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22963 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22964 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22965 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22966
22967 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22968
22969 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22970
22971 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22972 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22973 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22974 Instead, these commands are available:
22975
22976 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22977 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22978 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22979 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22980 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22981 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22982 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22983 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22984 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22985 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22986 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22987 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22988 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22989 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22990 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22991 till a deleted message is found.
22992 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22993 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22994 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22995 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22996 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22997 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22998 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22999 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23000 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23001 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23002 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23003 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23004 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23005 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23006 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23007 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23008 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23009 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23010 (label defaults to last one specified).
23011 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23012 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23013 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23014 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23015 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23016 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23017 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23018 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23019 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23020
23021 \(fn)" t nil)
23022
23023 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23024 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23025
23026 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23027
23028 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23029 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23030
23031 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23032
23033 ;;;***
23034 \f
23035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23036 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23038 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23039
23040 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23041 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23042 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23043 case it writes Babyl.
23044
23045 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23046 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23047 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23048 `rmail-default-file'.
23049
23050 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23051 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23052 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23053
23054 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23055 the header display is currently pruned.
23056
23057 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23058 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23059 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23060 messages after output.
23061
23062 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23063 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23064 message (if writing a file directly).
23065
23066 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23067 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23068
23069 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23070
23071 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23072 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23073 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23074 i) the header is output as currently seen
23075 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23076 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23077
23078 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23079 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23080 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23081
23082 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23083
23084 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23085 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23086 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23087 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23088 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23089 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23090 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23091
23092 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23093 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23094 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23095
23096 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23097
23098 ;;;***
23099 \f
23100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
23101 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
23102 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23103
23104 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23105 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23106 Return a pattern.
23107
23108 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23109
23110 ;;;***
23111 \f
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23113 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23115
23116 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23117 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23118 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23119 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23120
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23122
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23126 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23128
23129 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23130 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23131
23132 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23133 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23134 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23135 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23136 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23137 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23138 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23139 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23140 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23141 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23142
23143 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23144 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23145 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23146 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23147 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23148 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23149 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23150 to use for finding the schema.
23151
23152 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23153
23154 ;;;***
23155 \f
23156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23157 ;;;;;; 0))
23158 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23159
23160 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23161
23162 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23163 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23164 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23165 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23166 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23167 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23168 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23169 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23170 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23171 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23172 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23173 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23174 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23175 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23176 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23177 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23178 must be equal.
23179
23180 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23181
23182 ;;;***
23183 \f
23184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23185 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23186 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23187
23188 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23189 Define a robin package.
23190
23191 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23192 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23193 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23194 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23195
23196 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23197 one replaces the old one.
23198
23199 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23200
23201 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23202 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23203
23204 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23205 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23206 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23207
23208 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23209
23210 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23211 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23212
23213 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23214
23215 ;;;***
23216 \f
23217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23218 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23219
23220 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23221 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23222
23223 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23224
23225 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23226 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23227
23228 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23229
23230 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23231 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23232
23233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23234
23235 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23236 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23237 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23238
23239 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23240 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23241 in ROT13.
23242
23243 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23244
23245 \(fn)" t nil)
23246
23247 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23248 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23249
23250 \(fn)" t nil)
23251
23252 ;;;***
23253 \f
23254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21415 65191 692645
23255 ;;;;;; 0))
23256 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23258
23259 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23260 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23261 \\<rst-mode-map>
23262
23263 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23264 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23265 highlighting.
23266
23267 \\{rst-mode-map}
23268
23269 \(fn)" t nil)
23270
23271 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23272 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23274 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23275 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23276
23277 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23278 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23279 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23280
23281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23282
23283 ;;;***
23284 \f
23285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21437
23286 ;;;;;; 5802 125919 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23288 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23289
23290 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23291 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23292
23293 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23294
23295 \(fn)" t nil)
23296
23297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23298
23299 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23300
23301 ;;;***
23302 \f
23303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 62246 751914
23304 ;;;;;; 0))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23306 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23307
23308 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23309 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23310 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23311
23312 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23313 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23315 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23316 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23317
23318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23323 ;;;;;; 0))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23325
23326 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23327 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23328 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23329 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23330
23331 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23332
23333 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23334 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23335 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23336
23337 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23338 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23339 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23340
23341 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23342 notation.
23343
23344 STRING
23345 matches string STRING literally.
23346
23347 CHAR
23348 matches character CHAR literally.
23349
23350 `not-newline', `nonl'
23351 matches any character except a newline.
23352
23353 `anything'
23354 matches any character
23355
23356 `(any SET ...)'
23357 `(in SET ...)'
23358 `(char SET ...)'
23359 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23360 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23361 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23362
23363 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23364 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23365 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23366 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23367
23368 `(not (any SET ...))'
23369 matches any character not in SET ...
23370
23371 `line-start', `bol'
23372 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23373 in the text being matched
23374
23375 `line-end', `eol'
23376 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23377
23378 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23379 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23380 string being matched against.
23381
23382 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23383 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23384 string being matched against.
23385
23386 `buffer-start'
23387 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23388 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23389
23390 `buffer-end'
23391 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23392 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23393
23394 `point'
23395 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23396
23397 `word-start', `bow'
23398 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23399
23400 `word-end', `eow'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23402
23403 `word-boundary'
23404 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23405 word.
23406
23407 `(not word-boundary)'
23408 `not-word-boundary'
23409 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23410 word.
23411
23412 `symbol-start'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23414
23415 `symbol-end'
23416 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23417
23418 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23419 matches 0 through 9.
23420
23421 `control', `cntrl'
23422 matches ASCII control characters.
23423
23424 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23425 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23426
23427 `blank'
23428 matches space and tab only.
23429
23430 `graphic', `graph'
23431 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23432 space, and DEL.
23433
23434 `printing', `print'
23435 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23436 and DEL.
23437
23438 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23439 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23440 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23441
23442 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23443 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23444 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23445
23446 `ascii'
23447 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23448
23449 `nonascii'
23450 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23451
23452 `lower', `lower-case'
23453 matches anything lower-case.
23454
23455 `upper', `upper-case'
23456 matches anything upper-case.
23457
23458 `punctuation', `punct'
23459 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23460 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23461
23462 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23463 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23464
23465 `word', `wordchar'
23466 matches anything that has word syntax.
23467
23468 `not-wordchar'
23469 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23470
23471 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23472 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23473 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23474 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23475
23476 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23477 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23478 `word' (\\sw)
23479 `symbol' (\\s_)
23480 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23481 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23482 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23483 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23484 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23485 `escape' (\\s\\)
23486 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23487 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23488 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23489 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23490 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23491
23492 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23493 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23494
23495 `(category CATEGORY)'
23496 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23497 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23498
23499 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23500 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23501 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23502 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23503 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23504 `symbol' (\\c5)
23505 `digit' (\\c6)
23506 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23507 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23508 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23509 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23510 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23511 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23512 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23513 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23514 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23515 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23516 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23517 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23518 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23519 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23520 `ascii' (\\ca)
23521 `arabic' (\\cb)
23522 `chinese' (\\cc)
23523 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23524 `greek' (\\cg)
23525 `korean' (\\ch)
23526 `indian' (\\ci)
23527 `japanese' (\\cj)
23528 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23529 `latin' (\\cl)
23530 `lao' (\\co)
23531 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23532 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23533 `thai' (\\ct)
23534 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23535 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23536 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23537 `can-break' (\\c|)
23538
23539 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23540 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23541
23542 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23543 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23544 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23545 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23546 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23547
23548 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23549 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23550 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23551 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23552
23553 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23554 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23555 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23556 group number N.
23557
23558 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23559 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23560 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23561 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23562 regular expression.
23563
23564 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23565 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23566 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23567 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23568 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23569
23570 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23571 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23572
23573 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23574 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23575
23576 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23577 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23578 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23579
23580 `(* SEXP ...)'
23581 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23582 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23583
23584 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23585 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23586 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23587
23588 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23589 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23590 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23591
23592 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23593 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23594
23595 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23596 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23597
23598 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23599 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23600 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23601 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23602
23603 `(? SEXP ...)'
23604 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23605
23606 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23607 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23608
23609 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23610 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23611 matches N occurrences.
23612
23613 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23614 matches N or more occurrences.
23615
23616 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23617 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23618 matches N to M occurrences.
23619
23620 `(backref N)'
23621 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23622
23623 `(eval FORM)'
23624 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23625 `regexp-quote' it.
23626
23627 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23628 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23629
23630 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23631
23632 ;;;***
23633 \f
23634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23635 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23637 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23638
23639 ;;;***
23640 \f
23641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23642 ;;;;;; 0))
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23644 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23645
23646 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23647 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23648 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23651 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23652
23653 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23654
23655 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23656 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23660
23661 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23662 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23663 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23664 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23665
23666 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23667 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23668 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23669
23670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23671
23672 ;;;***
23673 \f
23674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21379 5287
23675 ;;;;;; 607434 0))
23676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23677
23678 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23679 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23680 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23681
23682 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23683 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23684 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23685 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23686 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23687 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23688 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23689 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23690
23691 Commands:
23692 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23693 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23694 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23695
23696 \(fn)" t nil)
23697
23698 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23699 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23700 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23701
23702 Commands:
23703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23704 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23705 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23706 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23707 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23708 that variable's value is a string.
23709
23710 \(fn)" t nil)
23711
23712 ;;;***
23713 \f
23714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23715 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23717
23718 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23719 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23720 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23721
23722 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23723
23724 \(fn)" t nil)
23725
23726 ;;;***
23727 \f
23728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21388 20265 495157
23729 ;;;;;; 0))
23730 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23731
23732 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23733 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23734 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23737 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23738
23739 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23740
23741 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23742 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23744 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23745 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23746
23747 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23748 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23749
23750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23751
23752 ;;;***
23753 \f
23754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23755 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23756 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23757
23758 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23759 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23761 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23762 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23763 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23764 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23765 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23766
23767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23768
23769 ;;;***
23770 \f
23771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23772 ;;;;;; 0))
23773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23774 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23775 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23776
23777 ;;;***
23778 \f
23779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23780 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23782 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23783
23784 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23785 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23786 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23787
23788 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23789 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23790 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23791 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23792 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23793 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23794 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23795 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23796 keybinding for tag names.
23797 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23798 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23799 of the symbol under point.
23800 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23801 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23802 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23803 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23804 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23805 syntax tokens.
23806 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23807
23808 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23809
23810 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23811 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23812 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23815 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23816
23817 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23818
23819 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23820 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23822 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23823 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23824
23825 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23826 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23827 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23828 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23829 Semantic mode.
23830
23831 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23832
23833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23834
23835 ;;;***
23836 \f
23837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23838 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23839 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23840
23841 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23842 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23843
23844 \(fn)" t nil)
23845
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23851
23852 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23853 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23854
23855 \(fn)" t nil)
23856
23857 ;;;***
23858 \f
23859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23860 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23862
23863 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23864 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23865
23866 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23867 king@grassland.com
23868 If `parens', they look like:
23869 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23870 If `angles', they look like:
23871 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23872
23873 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23874 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23875
23876 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23877
23878 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23879 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23880 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23881 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23882
23883 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23884 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23885 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23886 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23887
23888 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23889
23890 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23891 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23892 This is done when the message is initialized,
23893 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23894
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23896
23897 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23898 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23899 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23900
23901 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23902
23903 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23904 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23905 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23906 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23907 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23908 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23909 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23910
23911 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23912
23913 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23914 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23915
23916 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23917
23918 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23919 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23920 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23921 be a Babyl file.")
23922
23923 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23924
23925 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23926 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23927 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23928 when you first send mail.")
23929
23930 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23931
23932 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23933 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23934 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23935 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23936 This file need not actually exist.")
23937
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23939
23940 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23941 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23942
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23944
23945 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23946 Alist of mail address aliases,
23947 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23948 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23949 can specify a different file name.)
23950 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23951 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23952
23953 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23954 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23955 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23956
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23958
23959 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23960 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23961 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23962
23963 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23964
23965 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23966 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23967 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23968 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23969 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23970 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23971 in the cited portion of the message.
23972
23973 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23974 instead of no action.")
23975
23976 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23977
23978 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23979 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23980 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23981 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23982 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23983
23984 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23985
23986 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23987 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23988 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23989 If a string, that string is inserted.
23990 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23991 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23992 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23993 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23994
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23996
23997 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23998 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23999
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24001
24002 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24003 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24004 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24005
24006 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24007 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24008
24009 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24010
24011 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24012 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24013 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24014 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24017
24018 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24019 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24020 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24021
24022 \(fn)" nil nil)
24023
24024 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24025
24026 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24027
24028
24029 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24030
24031 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24032 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24033 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24034
24035 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24036 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24037
24038 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24039 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24040 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24041 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24042 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24043 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24044 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24045 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24046 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24047 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24048 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24049 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24050 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24051 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24052
24053 \(fn)" t nil)
24054
24055 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24056 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24057 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24058 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24059
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24061
24062 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24063 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24064 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24065 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24066 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24067 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24068
24069 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24070 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24071 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24072
24073 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24074 User should not set this variable manually,
24075 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24076 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24077 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24078
24079 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24080 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24081 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24082 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24083
24084 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24085 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24086
24087 \\<mail-mode-map>
24088 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24089
24090 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24091 to move to message header fields:
24092 \\{mail-mode-map}
24093
24094 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24095 when the message is initialized.
24096
24097 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24098 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24099
24100 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24101 is inserted.
24102
24103 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24104 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24105
24106 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24107 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24108 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24109 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24110 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24111 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24112 buffer without erasing the contents.
24113
24114 The second through fifth arguments,
24115 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24116 the initial contents of those header fields.
24117 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24118 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24119 original message being replied to, or else an action
24120 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24121 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24122 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24123 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24124 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24125 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24126
24127 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24128
24129 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24130 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24131
24132 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24133
24134 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24135 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24136
24137 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24138
24139 ;;;***
24140 \f
24141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
24142 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24143
24144 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24145
24146 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24147
24148 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24149
24150 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24151 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24152 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24153 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24154 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24155 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24156
24157 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24158 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24159
24160 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24161 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24162 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24163
24164 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24165 \\[server-start].
24166
24167 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24168
24169 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24170 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24171 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24172 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24173
24174 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24175
24176 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24177 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24178 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24181 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24182
24183 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24184
24185 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24186 Toggle Server mode.
24187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24189 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24190
24191 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24192 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24193 `server-start' for details.
24194
24195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24196
24197 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24198 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24199 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24200
24201 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24202 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24203
24204 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24205
24206 ;;;***
24207 \f
24208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21454 14892 338155 0))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24210
24211 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24212 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24213
24214 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24215 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24216 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24217 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24218 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24219
24220 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24221 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24222 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24223 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24224 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24225 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24226
24227 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24228 displayed.
24229
24230 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24231 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24232 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24233
24234 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24235 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24236
24237 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24238 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24239
24240 \\{ses-mode-map}
24241 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24242 part):
24243 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24244 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24245 formula:
24246 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24247
24248 \(fn)" t nil)
24249
24250 ;;;***
24251 \f
24252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21481
24253 ;;;;;; 59815 980216 0))
24254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24255
24256 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24257 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24258 Makes > match <.
24259 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24260 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24261
24262 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24263 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24264 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24265
24266 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24267 in your init file.
24268
24269 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24270
24271 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24272 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24273 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24274
24275 \(fn)" t nil)
24276
24277 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24278 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24279 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24280 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24281 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24282 which this is based.
24283
24284 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24285
24286 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24287 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24288 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24289 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24290
24291 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24292 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24293 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24294
24295 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24296 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24297 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24298 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24299
24300 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24301 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24302 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24303 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24304
24305 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24306
24307 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24308 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24309 To work around that, do:
24310 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24311
24312 \\{html-mode-map}
24313
24314 \(fn)" t nil)
24315
24316 ;;;***
24317 \f
24318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21452
24319 ;;;;;; 59559 901066 0))
24320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24321 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24322 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24323
24324 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24325 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24326 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24327 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24328 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24329 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24330
24331 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24332 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24333 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24334 shell-specific features.
24335
24336 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24337 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24338 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24339 \\<sh-mode-map>
24340 \\[sh-case] case statement
24341 \\[sh-for] for loop
24342 \\[sh-function] function definition
24343 \\[sh-if] if statement
24344 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24345 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24346 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24347 \\[sh-select] select loop
24348 \\[sh-until] until loop
24349 \\[sh-while] while loop
24350
24351 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24352 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24353 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24354 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24355 would indent to the way it currently is.
24356 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24357 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24358
24359
24360 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24361 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24362 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24363 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24364 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24365 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24366
24367 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24368 unquoted < insert a here document.
24369
24370 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24371 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24372 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24373
24374 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24375 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24376
24377 \(fn)" t nil)
24378
24379 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24380
24381 ;;;***
24382 \f
24383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24384 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24386
24387 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24388 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24389
24390 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24391 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24392 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24393
24394 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24395 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24396 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24397 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24398 the earlier.
24399
24400 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24401
24402 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24403
24404 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24405 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24406 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24407
24408 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24409 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24410
24411 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24412 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24413 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24414 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24415 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24416 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24417 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24418 Emacs version).
24419
24420 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24421 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24422 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24423 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24424 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24425
24426 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24427 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24428
24429 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24430
24431 ;;;***
24432 \f
24433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24434 ;;;;;; 0))
24435 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24436
24437 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24438 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24439 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24440 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24441 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24442 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24443 sites in the cluster.
24444
24445 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24446
24447 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24448 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24449 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24450 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24451 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24452
24453 \(fn)" t nil)
24454
24455 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24456 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24457 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24458 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24459 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24460 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24461 `shadow-define-cluster').
24462
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24464
24465 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24466 Set up file shadowing.
24467
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24469
24470 ;;;***
24471 \f
24472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21374 22080 740835 768000))
24473 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24474
24475 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24476 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24477 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24478 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24479 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24480 arguments.")
24481
24482 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24483
24484 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24485 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24486 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24487 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24488 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24489
24490 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24491 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24492 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24493 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24494 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24495 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24496 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24497 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24498 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24499 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24500 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24501
24502 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24503 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24504 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24505 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24506 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24507 `default-process-coding-system'.
24508
24509 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24510 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24511 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24512 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24513
24514 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24515
24516 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24517
24518 ;;;***
24519 \f
24520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21503 425 992235 0))
24521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24522
24523 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24524 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24525
24526 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24527
24528 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24529 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24530 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24531 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24532
24533 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24534
24535 ;;;***
24536 \f
24537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24538 ;;;;;; 0))
24539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24540
24541 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24542
24543
24544 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24545
24546 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24547
24548
24549 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24550
24551 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24552
24553
24554 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24555
24556 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24557
24558
24559 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24560
24561 ;;;***
24562 \f
24563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24564 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24566
24567 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24568 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24569 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24570 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24571 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24572
24573 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24574
24575 \(fn)" t nil)
24576
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24580 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24582
24583 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24584 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24585 \\{simula-mode-map}
24586 Variables controlling indentation style:
24587 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24588 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24589 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24590 `simula-indent-level'
24591 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24592 `simula-substatement-offset'
24593 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24594 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24595 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24596 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24597 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24598 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24599 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24600 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24601 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24602 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24603 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24604 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24605 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24606 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24607 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24608 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24609 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24610 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24611 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24612 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24613 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24614 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24615 or nil if they should not be changed.
24616 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24617 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24618 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24619 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24620
24621 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24622 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24623
24624 \(fn)" t nil)
24625
24626 ;;;***
24627 \f
24628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21420 38312 308000
24629 ;;;;;; 0))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24631
24632 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24633 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24634
24635 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24636 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24637 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24638 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24639
24640 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24641
24642 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24643
24644 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24645 Insert SKELETON.
24646 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24647 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24648 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24649 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24650 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24651
24652 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24653 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24654
24655 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24656
24657 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24658 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24659
24660 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24661 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24662 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24663 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24664
24665 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24666 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24667 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24668 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24669
24670 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24671 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24672 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24673
24674 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24675 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24676
24677 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24678 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24679
24680 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24681 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24682 is at bol/eol
24683 _ interesting point, interregion here
24684 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24685 interesting point set by _
24686 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24687 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24688 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24689 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24690 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24691 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24692 nil skipped
24693
24694 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24695 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24696
24697 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24698 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24699 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24700 as the first element when at bol.
24701
24702 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24703 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24704 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24705 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24706 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24707 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24708 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24709 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24710
24711 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24712 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24713 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24714 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24715 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24716 available:
24717
24718 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24719 then: insert previously read string once more
24720 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24721 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24722 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24723
24724 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24725 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24726
24727 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24728
24729 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24730 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24731
24732 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24733 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24734 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24735 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24736 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24737 such as backslash.
24738
24739 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24740 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24741 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24742
24743 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24744
24745 ;;;***
24746 \f
24747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21409 26408
24748 ;;;;;; 607647 0))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24750
24751 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24752 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24753 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24754 buffer names.
24755
24756 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24757
24758 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24759 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24761 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24762 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24763 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24764
24765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24766
24767 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24768 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24769 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24770
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24772
24773 ;;;***
24774 \f
24775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24776 ;;;;;; 0))
24777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24778
24779 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24780 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24781 A list of images is returned.
24782
24783 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24784
24785 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24786 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24787 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24788
24789 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24790
24791 ;;;***
24792 \f
24793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24794 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24796
24797 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24798
24799
24800 \(fn)" nil nil)
24801
24802 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24803 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24804
24805 \(fn)" t nil)
24806
24807 ;;;***
24808 \f
24809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24810 ;;;;;; 0))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24812
24813 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24814 Play the Snake game.
24815 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24816
24817 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24818
24819 Snake mode keybindings:
24820 \\<snake-mode-map>
24821 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24822 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24823 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24824 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24825 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24826 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24827 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24828
24829 \(fn)" t nil)
24830
24831 ;;;***
24832 \f
24833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24834 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24836
24837 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24838 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24839 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24840 Tab indents for C code.
24841 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24842 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24843 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24844 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24845 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24846
24847 \(fn)" t nil)
24848
24849 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24850 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24851 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24852 Tab indents for C code.
24853 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24854 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24855 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24856 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24857 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24858
24859 \(fn)" t nil)
24860
24861 ;;;***
24862 \f
24863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24864 ;;;;;; 0))
24865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24866
24867 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24868 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24869 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24870 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24871 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24872
24873 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24874
24875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24876
24877 ;;;***
24878 \f
24879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24880 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24882
24883 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24884 Play Solitaire.
24885
24886 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24887 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24888 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24889 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24890 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24891 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24892 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24893 check after each move or undo.)
24894
24895 What is Solitaire?
24896
24897 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24898 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24899 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24900
24901 Le Solitaire
24902 ============
24903
24904 o o o
24905
24906 o o o
24907
24908 o o o o o o o
24909
24910 o o o . o o o
24911
24912 o o o o o o o
24913
24914 o o o
24915
24916 o o o
24917
24918 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24919 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24920 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24921 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24922
24923 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24924 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24925 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24926 this: o o .
24927
24928 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24929 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24930
24931 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24932
24933 o o o
24934
24935 . o o
24936
24937 o o . o o o o
24938
24939 o . o o o o o
24940
24941 o o o o o o o
24942
24943 o o o
24944
24945 o o o
24946
24947 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24948
24949 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24950
24951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24952
24953 ;;;***
24954 \f
24955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24956 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24957 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24958
24959 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24960 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24961
24962 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24963 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24964 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24965 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24966 contiguous.
24967
24968 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24969 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24970 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24971 the sort order.
24972
24973 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24974 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24975
24976 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24977 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24978 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24979 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24980 is called.
24981
24982 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24983 It should move point to the end of the record.
24984
24985 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24986 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24987 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24988 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24989 starts at the beginning of the record.
24990
24991 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24992 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24993 same as ENDRECFUN.
24994
24995 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24996 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24997 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24998 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24999 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25000 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25001 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25002
25003 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25004
25005 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25006 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25007 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25008 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25009 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25010 the sort order.
25011
25012 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25013
25014 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25015 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25016 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25017 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25019 the sort order.
25020
25021 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25022
25023 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25024 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25025 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25026 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25027 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25028 the sort order.
25029
25030 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25031 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25032
25033 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25034 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25035 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25036 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25037 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25038 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25039 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25040 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25041 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25042
25043 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25044
25045 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25046 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25047 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25048 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25049 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25050 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25051 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25052 the sort order.
25053
25054 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25055
25056 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25057 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25058 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25059 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25060
25061 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25062 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25063
25064 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25065 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25066 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25067 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25068 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25069 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25070 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25071 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25072
25073 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25074
25075 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25076 the sort order.
25077
25078 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25079 starting with the letter \"f\",
25080 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25081
25082 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25083
25084 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25085 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25086 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25087 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25088 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25089 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25090 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25091 the sort order.
25092
25093 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25094 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25095 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25096 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25097 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25098
25099 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25100
25101 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25102 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25103 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25104
25105 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25106
25107 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25108 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25109 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25110 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25111 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25112 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25113 each repeated line.
25114
25115 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25116 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25117 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25118 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25119
25120 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25121 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25122
25123 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25124 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25125
25126 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25127
25128 ;;;***
25129 \f
25130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25132
25133 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25134 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25135 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25136 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25137 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25138 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25139
25140 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25141
25142 ;;;***
25143 \f
25144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25145 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25147
25148 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25149 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25150
25151 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25152 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25153 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25154
25155 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25156
25157 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25158 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25159 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25160 server.
25161
25162 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25163
25164 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25165 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25166 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25167
25168 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25169
25170 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25171 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25172 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25173 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25174 Agent is plugged.
25175
25176 \(fn)" t nil)
25177
25178 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25179 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25180 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25181 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25182
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25184
25185 ;;;***
25186 \f
25187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21485 56871 932720
25188 ;;;;;; 0))
25189 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25190
25191 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25192
25193 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25194 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25195 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25196 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25197 supported at a time.
25198 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25199 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25200
25201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25202
25203 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25204 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25205 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25206 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25207
25208 \(fn)" t nil)
25209
25210 ;;;***
25211 \f
25212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25213 ;;;;;; 0))
25214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25215
25216 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25217 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25218
25219 \(fn)" t nil)
25220
25221 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25222 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25223
25224 \(fn)" nil nil)
25225
25226 ;;;***
25227 \f
25228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25229 ;;;;;; 928000))
25230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25231 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25232
25233 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25234 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25235
25236 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25237 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25238 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25239 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25240 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25241 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25242 of the current highlighting list.
25243
25244 For example:
25245
25246 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25247 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25248
25249 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25250 `_t' as data types.
25251
25252 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25253
25254 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25255 Major mode to edit SQL.
25256
25257 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25258 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25259 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25260
25261 \\{sql-mode-map}
25262 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25263
25264 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25265 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25266 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25267 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25268 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25269 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25270
25271 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25272 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25273
25274 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25275 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25276 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25277
25278 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25279 (lambda ()
25280 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25281
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25283
25284 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25285 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25286
25287 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25288 their settings.
25289
25290 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25291 is specified in the connection settings.
25292
25293 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25294
25295 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25296 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25297
25298 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25299 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25300
25301 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25302 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25303 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25304 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25305
25306 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25307
25308 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25309
25310 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25311 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25312
25313 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25314 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25315 `*SQL*'.
25316
25317 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25318 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25319 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25320 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25321
25322 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25323 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25324
25325 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25326 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25327 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25328 buffer.
25329
25330 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25331 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25332 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25333 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25334 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25335 `default-process-coding-system'.
25336
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25338
25339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25340
25341 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25342 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25343
25344 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25345 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25346 `*SQL*'.
25347
25348 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25349 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25350 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25351 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25352
25353 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25354 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25355
25356 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25357 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25358 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25359 buffer.
25360
25361 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25362 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25364 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25365 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25366 `default-process-coding-system'.
25367
25368 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25369
25370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25371
25372 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25373 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25374
25375 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25376 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25377 `*SQL*'.
25378
25379 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25380 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25381
25382 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25383 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25384
25385 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25386 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25387 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25388 buffer.
25389
25390 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25391 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25392 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25393 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25394 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25395 `default-process-coding-system'.
25396
25397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25398
25399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25400
25401 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25402 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25403
25404 SQLite is free software.
25405
25406 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25407 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25408 `*SQL*'.
25409
25410 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25411 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25412 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25413 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25414
25415 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25416 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25417
25418 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25419 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25420 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25421 buffer.
25422
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'.
25429
25430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25431
25432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25433
25434 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25435 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25436
25437 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25438
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 `*SQL*'.
25442
25443 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25444 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25445 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25446 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25447
25448 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450
25451 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25453 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25454 buffer.
25455
25456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25461 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462
25463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464
25465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25466
25467 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25468 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25469
25470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25472 `*SQL*'.
25473
25474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25475 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25476 defaults, if set.
25477
25478 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25479 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25480
25481 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25482 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25483 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25484 buffer.
25485
25486 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25487 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25489 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25490 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25491 `default-process-coding-system'.
25492
25493 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25494
25495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25496
25497 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25498 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25499
25500 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25501 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25502 `*SQL*'.
25503
25504 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25505 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25506
25507 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25509
25510 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25512 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25513 buffer.
25514
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'.
25521
25522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25523
25524 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25525
25526 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25527 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25528
25529 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25530 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25531 `*SQL*'.
25532
25533 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25534 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25535 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25536 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25537
25538 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25539 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25540
25541 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25543 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25544 buffer.
25545
25546 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25547 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25549 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25550 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25551 `default-process-coding-system'.
25552
25553 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25554
25555 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25556
25557 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25558 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25559
25560 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25561 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25562 `*SQL*'.
25563
25564 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25565 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25566 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25567 `sql-postgres-options'.
25568
25569 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25570 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25571
25572 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25574 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25575 buffer.
25576
25577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25578 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25580 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25582 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25583 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25584 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25585
25586 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25587 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25588
25589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25590
25591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25592
25593 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25594 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25595
25596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25598 `*SQL*'.
25599
25600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25601 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25602 defaults, if set.
25603
25604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606
25607 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25609 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25610 buffer.
25611
25612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25613 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25614 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25615 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25617 `default-process-coding-system'.
25618
25619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25620
25621 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25622
25623 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25624 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25625
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25628 `*SQL*'.
25629
25630 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25631 automatic login.
25632
25633 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25634 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25635
25636 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25637 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25638 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25639 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25640
25641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25644 buffer.
25645
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'.
25652
25653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25654
25655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25656
25657 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25658 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25659
25660 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25661 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25662 `*SQL*'.
25663
25664 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25665 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25666 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25667 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25668 parameters.
25669
25670 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25671 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25672 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25673 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25674 an empty password.
25675
25676 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25677 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25678
25679 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25680 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25681 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25682 buffer.
25683
25684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685
25686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25687
25688 ;;;***
25689 \f
25690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25691 ;;;;;; 0))
25692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25693 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25694
25695 ;;;***
25696 \f
25697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25698 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25699 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25700
25701 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25702 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25703
25704 \(fn)" t nil)
25705
25706 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25707
25708 ;;;***
25709 \f
25710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25711 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25713
25714 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25715 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25716 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25717 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25718 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25719 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25720 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25721 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25722 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25723 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25724 with any buffer
25725 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25726 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25727 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25728 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25729
25730 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25731
25732 ;;;***
25733 \f
25734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25736
25737 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25738 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25739 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25740 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25741 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25742 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25743
25744 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25745
25746 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25747
25748 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25749 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25750 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25751 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25752 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25753 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25754 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25755
25756 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25757
25758 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25759 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25760 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25761 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25762 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25763 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25764 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25765
25766 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25767
25768 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25769 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25770 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25771
25772 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25773
25774 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25775 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25776 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25777
25778 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25781 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25782
25783 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25786 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25787
25788 \(fn)" t nil)
25789
25790 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25791 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25792
25793 \(fn)" t nil)
25794
25795 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25796 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25797 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25798 by command name.
25799 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25800
25801 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25802
25803 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25804 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25805 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25807 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25808 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25809
25810 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25813 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25815 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25816 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25817
25818 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25819 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25820 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25821 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25822 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25823
25824 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25825 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25826 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25827 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25828
25829 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25830
25831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25834 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25835 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25836 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25837
25838 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25839
25840 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25841 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25842
25843 \(fn)" t nil)
25844
25845 ;;;***
25846 \f
25847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25848 ;;;;;; 0))
25849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25850
25851 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25852 Studlify-case the region.
25853
25854 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25855
25856 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25857 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25858
25859 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25860
25861 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25862 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25863
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25865
25866 ;;;***
25867 \f
25868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21377 49959
25869 ;;;;;; 896066 0))
25870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25871
25872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "24.5")
25873
25874 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25875 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25879
25880 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25881 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25882 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25883 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25884
25885 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25886 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25887 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25888
25889 Nomenclature Subwords
25890 ===========================================================
25891 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25892 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25893 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25894
25895 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25896 treat nomenclature boundaries as word bounaries.
25897
25898 \\{subword-mode-map}
25899
25900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25901
25902 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25903 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25904 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25907 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25908
25909 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25910
25911 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25912 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25913 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25914 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25915 ARG is omitted or nil.
25916
25917 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25918 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25919 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25920
25921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25924 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25926 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25927 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25928
25929 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25930 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25931 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25932 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25933
25934 \\{superword-mode-map}
25935
25936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25937
25938 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25939 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25940 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25943 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25944
25945 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25946
25947 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25948 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25949 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25950 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25951 ARG is omitted or nil.
25952
25953 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25954 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25955 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25956
25957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25958
25959 ;;;***
25960 \f
25961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25962 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25964
25965 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25966 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25967 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25968 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25969 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25970 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25971 original message but it does require a few things:
25972
25973 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25974
25975 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25976 reply buffer.
25977
25978 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25979 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25980 original message.
25981
25982 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25983
25984 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25985
25986 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25987 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25988 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25989
25990 \(fn)" nil nil)
25991
25992 ;;;***
25993 \f
25994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
25995 ;;;;;; 0))
25996 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25997
25998 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25999
26000 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26001 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26002 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26004 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26005 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26006
26007 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26008
26009 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26010 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26012 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26013 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26014
26015 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26016 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26017 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26018
26019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26020
26021 ;;;***
26022 \f
26023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26024 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26025
26026 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26027 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26028 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26029 buffer.
26030
26031 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26032 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26033 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26034
26035 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26036
26037 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26038 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26039 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26040 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26041 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26042 buffer.
26043
26044 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26045 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26046 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26047
26048 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26049
26050 ;;;***
26051 \f
26052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26053 ;;;;;; 0))
26054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26055
26056 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26057 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26058 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26059
26060 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26061
26062 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26063 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26064
26065 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26066
26067 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26068 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26069
26070 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26071
26072 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26073 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26074
26075 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26076
26077 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26078 Insert an editable text table.
26079 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26080 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26081 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26082 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26083 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26084 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26085 delimiting them.
26086
26087 Examples:
26088
26089 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26090
26091 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26092 location of point.
26093
26094 -!-
26095
26096 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26097 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26098 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26099 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26100 first cell.
26101
26102 +-----+-----+-----+
26103 |-!- | | |
26104 +-----+-----+-----+
26105
26106 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26107
26108 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26109 width, which results as
26110
26111 +--------------+-----+-----+
26112 |-!- | | |
26113 +--------------+-----+-----+
26114
26115 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26116 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26117
26118 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 | | |-!- |
26120 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26121
26122 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26123 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26124 width information to `table-insert'.
26125
26126 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26127
26128 instead of
26129
26130 Cell width(s): 5
26131
26132 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26133 work all together.
26134
26135 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26136 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26137
26138 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26139 |-!- | | |
26140 | | | |
26141 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26142
26143 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26144
26145 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26146 |-!- | | |
26147 | | | |
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149 | | | |
26150 | | | |
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26152
26153 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26154
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 | | | |
26157 | | | |
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 | | | |
26160 | | | |
26161 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26162 -!-
26163
26164 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26165 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26166 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26167
26168 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169 | | | |
26170 | | | |
26171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26172 | | | |
26173 | | | |
26174 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 |-!- | | |
26176 | | | |
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26178
26179 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26180 results.
26181
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 | | | |
26184 | | | |
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26187 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26188 | | |expected results.-!- |
26189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 | | | |
26191 | | | |
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193
26194 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26195
26196 \\{table-cell-map}
26197
26198 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26199
26200 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26201 Insert N table row(s).
26202 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26203 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26204 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26205 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26206
26207 \(fn N)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26210 Insert N table column(s).
26211 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26212 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26213 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26214 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26215
26216 \(fn N)" t nil)
26217
26218 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26219 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26220 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26221
26222 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26223
26224 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26225 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26226 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26227 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26228 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26229 all the table specific features.
26230
26231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26232
26233 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26234
26235
26236 \(fn)" t nil)
26237
26238 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26239 Recognize all tables within region.
26240 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26241 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26242 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26243 specific features.
26244
26245 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26246
26247 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26248
26249
26250 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26251
26252 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26253 Recognize a table at point.
26254 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26255 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26256 the table specific features.
26257
26258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26259
26260 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26261
26262
26263 \(fn)" t nil)
26264
26265 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26266 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26267 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26268 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26269 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26270 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26271 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26272
26273 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26274
26275 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26276
26277
26278 \(fn)" t nil)
26279
26280 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26281 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26282 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26283 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26284 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26285 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26286 specified.
26287
26288 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26289
26290 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26291 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26292 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26293 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26294 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26295 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26296 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26297 table structure.
26298
26299 \(fn N)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26302 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26303 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26304 table's rectangle structure.
26305
26306 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26307
26308 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26309 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26310 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26311 table's rectangle structure.
26312
26313 \(fn N)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26316 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26317 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26318 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26319 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26320
26321 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26322
26323 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26324 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26325 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26326
26327 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26328 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26329 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26330 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26331 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26332 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26333 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26334
26335 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26336 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26337 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26338 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26339 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26340 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26341 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26342
26343 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26344 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26345 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26346 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26347 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26348 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26349 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26350 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26351
26352 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26353
26354 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26355 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26356 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26357 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26358
26359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26362 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26363 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26364
26365 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26366
26367 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26368 Split current cell vertically.
26369 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26370
26371 \(fn)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26374 Split current cell horizontally.
26375 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26376
26377 \(fn)" t nil)
26378
26379 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26380 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26381 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26382
26383 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26384
26385 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26386 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26387 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26388 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26389
26390 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26393 Justify cell contents.
26394 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26395 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26396 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26397 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26398
26399 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26400
26401 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26402 Justify cells of a row.
26403 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26404 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26405
26406 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26409 Justify cells of a column.
26410 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26411 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26412
26413 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26414
26415 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26416 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26417 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26418 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26419 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26420 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26421 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26422 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26423 run-time.
26424
26425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26426
26427 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26428 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26429 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26430 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26431 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26432 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26433 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26434 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26435 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26436 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26437 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26438
26439 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26440
26441 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26442 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26443 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26444 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26445 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26446 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26447 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26448 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26449 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26450 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26451 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26452 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26453 untouched.
26454
26455 References used for this implementation:
26456
26457 HTML:
26458 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26459
26460 LaTeX:
26461 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26462
26463 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26464 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26465 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26466
26467 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26468
26469 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26470 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26471 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26472 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26473 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26474 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26475 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26476 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26477 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26478 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26479 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26480 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26481 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26482 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26483 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26484 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26485 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26486
26487 Example:
26488
26489 (progn
26490 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26491 (table-forward-cell 15)
26492 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26493 (table-forward-cell 16)
26494 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26495 (table-forward-cell 1)
26496 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26497
26498 (progn
26499 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26500 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26501 (table-forward-cell 1)
26502 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26503
26504 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26505
26506 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26507 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26508 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26509 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26510 consists from cells of same height.
26511
26512 \(fn N)" t nil)
26513
26514 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26515 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26516 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26517 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26518 column must consists from cells of same width.
26519
26520 \(fn N)" t nil)
26521
26522 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26523 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26524 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26525 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26526 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26527 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26528 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26529 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26530 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26531 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26532 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26533 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26534 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26535 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26536 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26537
26538
26539 Example 1:
26540
26541 1, 2, 3, 4
26542 5, 6, 7, 8
26543 , 9, 10
26544
26545 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26546 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26547 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26548 specified as 5.
26549
26550 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26551 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26552 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26553 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26554 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26555 | | 9 | 10 | |
26556 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26557
26558 Note:
26559
26560 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26561 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26562 of each row is optional.
26563
26564
26565 Example 2:
26566
26567 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26568 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26569 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26570 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26571 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26572
26573 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26574 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26575
26576 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26577 expression and raw delimiter regular
26578 expression, it parses the specified text
26579 area and extracts cell items from
26580 non-table text and then forms a table out
26581 of them.
26582
26583 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26584 creates a single cell table. The text in
26585 the specified region is placed in that
26586 cell.-*-
26587
26588 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26589 like this.
26590
26591 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26592 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26593 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26594 | |
26595 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26596 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26597 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26598 | area and extracts cell items from |
26599 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26600 | of them. |
26601 | |
26602 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26603 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26604 | the specified region is placed in that |
26605 | cell. |
26606 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26607
26608 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26609 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26610 independently.
26611
26612 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26613 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26614 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26615 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26616 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26617 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26618 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26619 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26620 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26621 | |of them. |
26622 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26623 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26624 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26625 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26626 | |cell. |
26627 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26628
26629 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26630 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26631 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26632
26633 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26634
26635 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26636 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26637 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26638 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26639 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26640
26641 \(fn)" t nil)
26642
26643 ;;;***
26644 \f
26645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26646 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26647
26648 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26649 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26650
26651 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26652
26653 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26654 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26655
26656 \(fn)" t nil)
26657
26658 ;;;***
26659 \f
26660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26661 ;;;;;; 0))
26662 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26663
26664 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26665 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26666 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26667 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26668 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26669 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26670 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26671
26672 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26673 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26674 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26675 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26676
26677 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26678 \\{tar-mode-map}
26679
26680 \(fn)" t nil)
26681
26682 ;;;***
26683 \f
26684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26685 ;;;;;; 0))
26686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26687
26688 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26689 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26690 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26691 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26692 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26693 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26694
26695 Variables controlling indentation style:
26696 `tcl-indent-level'
26697 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26698 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26699 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26700
26701 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26702 documentation for details):
26703 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26704 Controls action of TAB key.
26705 `tcl-auto-newline'
26706 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26707 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26708 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26709 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26710 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26711
26712 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26713 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26714 already exist.
26715
26716 \(fn)" t nil)
26717
26718 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26719 Run inferior Tcl process.
26720 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26721 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26722
26723 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26724
26725 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26726 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26727 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26728
26729 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26730
26731 ;;;***
26732 \f
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26734 ;;;;;; 0))
26735 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26736
26737 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26738 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26739 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26740 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26741
26742 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26743 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26744 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26745 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26746 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26747
26748 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26749
26750 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26751 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26752 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26753 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26754
26755 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26756
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26761
26762 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26763 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26764 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26765 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26766 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26767 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26768
26769 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26770
26771 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26772 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26773 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26774 commands to use in that buffer.
26775
26776 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26777
26778 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26779
26780 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26781 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26782
26783 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26784
26785 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26786 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26787 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26788 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26789 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26790 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26791 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26792 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26793 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26794 use in that buffer.
26795 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26796
26797 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26798
26799 ;;;***
26800 \f
26801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26802 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26804
26805 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26806 Start coverage on function under point.
26807
26808 \(fn)" t nil)
26809
26810 ;;;***
26811 \f
26812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26813 ;;;;;; 0))
26814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26815 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26816
26817 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26818 Play the Tetris game.
26819 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26820 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26821 as to form complete rows.
26822
26823 tetris-mode keybindings:
26824 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26825 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26826 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26827 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26828 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26829 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26830 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26831 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26832 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26833
26834 \(fn)" t nil)
26835
26836 ;;;***
26837 \f
26838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21462 9001
26839 ;;;;;; 456449 0))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26841
26842 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26843 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26844
26845 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26846
26847 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26848 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26849 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26850 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26851 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26852
26853 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26854
26855 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26856 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26857 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26858 if it matches the first line of the file,
26859 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26860
26861 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26862
26863 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26864 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26865 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26866 if the variable is non-nil.")
26867
26868 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26869
26870 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26871 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26874
26875 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26876 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26877 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26878 See the documentation of that variable.")
26879
26880 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26881
26882 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26883 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26884 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26885 See the documentation of that variable.")
26886
26887 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26888
26889 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26890 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26891 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26892 See the documentation of that variable.")
26893
26894 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26895
26896 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26897 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26898 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26899 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26900 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26901
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26903
26904 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26905 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26906 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26907 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26908
26909 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26910
26911 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26912 User defined LaTeX block names.
26913 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26914
26915 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26916
26917 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26918 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26919 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26920 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26925 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26926 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26927 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26930
26931 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26932 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26933 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26934 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26935
26936 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26937 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26938 for example,
26939
26940 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26941 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26942
26943 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26944 use.")
26945
26946 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26947
26948 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26949 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26950 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26951 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26952 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26953
26954 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26955
26956 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26957
26958 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26959 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26960 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26961
26962 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26963
26964 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26965 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26966 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26967 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26968 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26969
26970 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26971
26972 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26973 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26974
26975 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26976
26977 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26978 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26979
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26981
26982 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26983 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26984 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26985 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26986 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26987 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26988 says which mode to use.
26989
26990 \(fn)" t nil)
26991
26992 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26993
26994 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26995
26996 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26997
26998 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26999 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27000 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27001 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27002 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27003
27004 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27005 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27006 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27007 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27008 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27009 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27010 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27011
27012 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27013 mismatched $'s or braces.
27014
27015 Special commands:
27016 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27017
27018 Mode variables:
27019 tex-run-command
27020 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27021 tex-directory
27022 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27023 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27024 tex-dvi-print-command
27025 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27026 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27027 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27028 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27029 tex-dvi-view-command
27030 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27031 tex-show-queue-command
27032 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27033 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27034
27035 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27036 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27037 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27038
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27040
27041 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27042 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27043 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27044 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27045 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27046
27047 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27048 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27049 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27050 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27051 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27052 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27053 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27054
27055 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27056 mismatched $'s or braces.
27057
27058 Special commands:
27059 \\{latex-mode-map}
27060
27061 Mode variables:
27062 latex-run-command
27063 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27064 tex-directory
27065 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27066 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27067 tex-dvi-print-command
27068 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27069 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27070 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27071 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27072 tex-dvi-view-command
27073 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27074 tex-show-queue-command
27075 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27076 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27077
27078 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27079 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27080 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27081
27082 \(fn)" t nil)
27083
27084 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27085 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27086 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27087 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27088 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27089
27090 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27091 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27092 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27093 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27094 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27095 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27096 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27097
27098 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27099 mismatched $'s or braces.
27100
27101 Special commands:
27102 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27103
27104 Mode variables:
27105 slitex-run-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27107 tex-directory
27108 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27109 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27110 tex-dvi-print-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27112 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27113 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27114 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27115 tex-dvi-view-command
27116 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27117 tex-show-queue-command
27118 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27119 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27120
27121 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27122 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27123 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27124 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27125
27126 \(fn)" t nil)
27127
27128 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27129
27130
27131 \(fn)" nil nil)
27132
27133 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27134 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27135
27136 \(fn)" t nil)
27137
27138 ;;;***
27139 \f
27140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27141 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27143
27144 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27145 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27146 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27147 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27148
27149 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27150 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27151 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27152
27153 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27154
27155 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27156 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27157 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27158 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27159 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27160
27161 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27162
27163 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27164 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27165 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27166 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27167
27168 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27169 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27170 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27171 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27172
27173 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27174 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27175
27176 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27177
27178 ;;;***
27179 \f
27180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21414 44327
27181 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
27182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27183
27184 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27185 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27186
27187 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27188
27189 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27190 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27191
27192 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27193
27194 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27195 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27196
27197 It has these extra commands:
27198 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27199
27200 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27201 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27202 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27203 modified version of TeX input format.
27204
27205 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27206 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27207 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27208 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27209
27210 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27211 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27212 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27213 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27214 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27215 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27216 in the Texinfo file.
27217
27218 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27219 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27220 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27221 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27222 move forward past the closing brace.
27223
27224 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27225 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27226
27227 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27228 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27229 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27230
27231 Here are the functions:
27232
27233 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27234 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27235 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27236
27237 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27238 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27239 texinfo-master-menu
27240
27241 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27242
27243 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27244 which menu descriptions are indented.
27245
27246 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27247 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27248 in the region.
27249
27250 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27251 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27252 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27253 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27254
27255 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27256 be the first node in the file.
27257
27258 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27259 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27260
27261 \(fn)" t nil)
27262
27263 ;;;***
27264 \f
27265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27266 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27268
27269 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27270 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27271 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27272 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27273
27274 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27275
27276 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27277 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27278
27279 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27280
27281 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27282 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27283
27284 \(fn)" t nil)
27285
27286 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27287
27288
27289 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27290
27291 ;;;***
27292 \f
27293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27294 ;;;;;; 0))
27295 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27296
27297 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27298 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27299 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27300 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27301 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27302 `line', and `page'.
27303
27304 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27305
27306 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27307 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27308 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27309 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27310 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27311 `line', and `page'.
27312
27313 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27314 valid THING.
27315
27316 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27317 positions of the thing found.
27318
27319 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27320
27321 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27322 Return the THING at point.
27323 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27324 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27325 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27326 `line', `number', and `page'.
27327
27328 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27329 strip text properties from the return value.
27330
27331 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27332 a symbol as a valid THING.
27333
27334 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27335
27336 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27337 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27338
27339 \(fn)" nil nil)
27340
27341 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27342 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27343
27344 \(fn)" nil nil)
27345
27346 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27347 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27348
27349 \(fn)" nil nil)
27350
27351 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27352 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27353
27354 \(fn)" nil nil)
27355
27356 ;;;***
27357 \f
27358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27359 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27360
27361 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27362 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27363
27364 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27367 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27368 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27369 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27370
27371 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27374 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27375
27376 \(fn)" t nil)
27377
27378 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27379 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27380
27381 \(fn)" t nil)
27382
27383 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27384
27385 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27386 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27387
27388 \(fn)" t nil)
27389
27390 ;;;***
27391 \f
27392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27393 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27395
27396 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27397 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27398 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27399
27400 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27401
27402 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27403 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27404
27405 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27406
27407 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27408 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27409 The returned string has no composition information.
27410
27411 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27412
27413 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27414 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27415
27416 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27417
27418 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27419 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27420
27421 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27422
27423 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27424 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27425 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27426 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27427
27428 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27429
27430 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27431 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27432 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27433 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27434
27435 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27436
27437 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27438 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27439 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27440
27441 \(fn)" t nil)
27442
27443 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27444 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27445 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27446
27447 \(fn)" t nil)
27448
27449 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27450
27451
27452 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27453
27454 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27455
27456
27457 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27458
27459 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27460
27461
27462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27463
27464 ;;;***
27465 \f
27466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21393 38187
27467 ;;;;;; 675040 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27469 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
27470
27471 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27472 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27473 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27474 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27475 parameters.
27476 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27477 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27478 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27479
27480 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27483 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27484 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27485 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27486 parameters.
27487 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27488 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27489 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27490
27491 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27492
27493 ;;;***
27494 \f
27495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27496 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27497
27498 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27499 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27500
27501 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27502 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27503
27504 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27505 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27506 This display updates automatically every minute.
27507 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27508 are displayed as well.
27509 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27510
27511 \(fn)" t nil)
27512
27513 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27514 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27515 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27517 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27518 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27519
27520 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27521
27522 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27523 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27525 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27526 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27527
27528 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27529 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27530 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27531 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27532 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27533
27534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27535
27536 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27537 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27538 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27539 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27540
27541 \(fn)" t nil)
27542
27543 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27544 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27545 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27546 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27547
27548 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27549
27550 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27551 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27552
27553 \(fn)" t nil)
27554
27555 ;;;***
27556 \f
27557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21471
27558 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27560
27561 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27562 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27563 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27564
27565 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27566 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27567 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27568 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27569 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27570 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27571
27572 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27573 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27574
27575 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27576
27577 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27578 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27579
27580 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27581
27582 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27583 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27584
27585 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27586
27587 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27588 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27589 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27590
27591 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27592
27593 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27594
27595 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27596 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27597 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27598
27599 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27600
27601 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27602 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27603
27604 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27605
27606 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27607 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27608 DATE should be a date-time string.
27609
27610 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27611
27612 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27613 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27614 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27615
27616 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27617
27618 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27619 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27620
27621 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27622
27623 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27624 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27625
27626 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27627
27628 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27629 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27630 TIME should be a time value.
27631 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27632
27633 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27634
27635 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27636 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27637 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27638
27639 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27640
27641 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27642 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27643 The valid format specifiers are:
27644 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27645 %d is the number of days.
27646 %h is the number of hours.
27647 %m is the number of minutes.
27648 %s is the number of seconds.
27649 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27650 %% is a literal \"%\".
27651
27652 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27653 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27654
27655 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27656 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27657 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27658
27659 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27660 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27661 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27662
27663 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27664
27665 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27666
27667 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27668 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27669
27670 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27671
27672 ;;;***
27673 \f
27674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27675 ;;;;;; 0))
27676 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27677 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27678 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27679 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27680 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27681 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27682 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27683 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27684 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27685
27686 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27687 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27688 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27689 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27690 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27691 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27692 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27693 look like one of the following:
27694 Time-stamp: <>
27695 Time-stamp: \" \"
27696 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27697 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27698 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27699 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27700 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27701 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27702 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27703 the template.
27704
27705 \(fn)" t nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27708 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27709 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27710
27711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27712
27713 ;;;***
27714 \f
27715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27716 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27718 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27719
27720 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27721 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27722 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27725 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27726
27727 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27728
27729 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27730 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27731 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27732 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27733 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27734 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27735 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27736 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27737 display (non-nil means on).
27738
27739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27742 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27743 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27744 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27745 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27746 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27747 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27748 this function is called within a day.
27749
27750 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27751 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27752 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27753 discover the name of the project.
27754
27755 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27756
27757 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27758 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27759 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27760 begun during the last time segment.
27761
27762 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27763 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27764 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27765 discover the reason.
27766
27767 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27770 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27771 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27772 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27773 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27774
27775 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27776
27777 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27778 Change to working on a different project.
27779 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27780 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27781 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27782 working on.
27783
27784 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27785
27786 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27787 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27788 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27789
27790 \(fn)" nil nil)
27791
27792 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27793 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27794 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27795
27796 \(fn)" t nil)
27797
27798 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27799 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27800 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27801 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27802 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27803 \"relative to today\".
27804
27805 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27808 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27809 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27810 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27811
27812 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27815 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27816 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27817 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27818 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27819 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27820
27821 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27822
27823 ;;;***
27824 \f
27825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27826 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27828
27829 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27830 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27831 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27832 the generated Quail package is saved.
27833
27834 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27835
27836 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27837 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27838 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27839 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27840 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27841 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27842 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27843
27844 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27845
27846 ;;;***
27847 \f
27848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27850 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27851 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27852
27853 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27854 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27855 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27856 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27857 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27858
27859 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27860 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27861 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27862
27863 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27864
27865 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27866 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27867 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27868 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27869 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27870
27871 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27872
27873 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27874 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27875 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27876 in the menu in two ways:
27877 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27878 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27879 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27880
27881 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27882 keymap or an alist of alists.
27883 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27884 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27885
27886 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27887
27888 ;;;***
27889 \f
27890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21471
27891 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27893
27894 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27895 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27896
27897 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27898 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27899 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27900 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27901 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27902 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27903 file was last visited.
27904
27905 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27906 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27907 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27908 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27909 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27910 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27911 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27912 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27913 for the first item.
27914
27915 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27916 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27917 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27918 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27919 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27920 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27921 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27922 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27923
27924 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27925 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27926 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27927 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27928 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27929
27930 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27931 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27932
27933 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27934
27935 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27936 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27937
27938 \\{todo-mode-map}
27939
27940 \(fn)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27943 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27944
27945 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27946
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27948
27949 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27950 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27951
27952 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27953
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27955
27956 ;;;***
27957 \f
27958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27959 ;;;;;; 0))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27961
27962 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27963 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27964 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27965
27966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27967
27968 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27969 Add an item to the tool bar.
27970 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27971 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27972 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27973 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27974
27975 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27976 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27977 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27978 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27979
27980 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27981 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27982
27983 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27984
27985 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27986 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27987 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27988 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27989 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27990 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27991
27992 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27993 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27994 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27995 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27996
27997 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28000 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28001 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28002 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28003 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28004 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28005 properties to add to the binding.
28006
28007 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28008
28009 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28010 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28011
28012 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28013
28014 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28015 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28016 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28017 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28018 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28019 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28020 properties to add to the binding.
28021
28022 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28023 holds a keymap.
28024
28025 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28026
28027 ;;;***
28028 \f
28029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28030 ;;;;;; 0))
28031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28032
28033 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28034 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28035 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28036 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28037 to a tcp server on another machine.
28038
28039 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28040
28041 ;;;***
28042 \f
28043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28044 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28046
28047 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28048 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28049
28050 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28051
28052 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28053 Helper function to get internal values.
28054 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28055
28056 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28057
28058 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28059 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28060 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28061 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28062
28063 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28064 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28065 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28066 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28067 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28068
28069 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28070 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28071 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28072 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28073
28074 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28075
28076 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28077
28078 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28079 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28080 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28081 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28082
28083 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28084
28085 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28086
28087 ;;;***
28088 \f
28089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21504 21288 950856
28090 ;;;;;; 0))
28091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28092
28093 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28094 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28095 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28096
28097 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28098
28099 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28100 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28101
28102 It can have the following values:
28103
28104 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28105 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28106
28107 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28108
28109 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28110 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28111 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28112 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28113
28114 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28115
28116 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28117 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28118 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28119 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28120
28121 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28122 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28123 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28124 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28125 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28126 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28127 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28128 files which are not really Tramp files.
28129
28130 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28131 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28132 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28133 updated after changing this variable.
28134
28135 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28136
28137 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28138 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28139 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28140 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28141
28142 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28143
28144 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28145 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28146 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28147 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28148
28149 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28150 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28151 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28152
28153 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28154 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28155 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28156 updated after changing this variable.
28157
28158 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28159
28160 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28161 Alist of completion handler functions.
28162 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28163 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28164 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28165
28166 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28167 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28168 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28169 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28170
28171 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28172 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28173 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28174
28175 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28176 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28177
28178 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28179 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28180
28181 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28182
28183 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28184
28185
28186 \(fn)" nil nil)
28187
28188 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28189 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28190
28191 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28192
28193 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28194 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28195
28196 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28197
28198 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28199 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28200
28201 \(fn)" t nil)
28202
28203 ;;;***
28204 \f
28205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21476 41895
28206 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
28207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28208
28209 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28210
28211
28212 \(fn)" nil nil)
28213
28214 ;;;***
28215 \f
28216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21468 47783 238320
28217 ;;;;;; 0))
28218 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28219
28220 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28221 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28222 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28223 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28224 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28225 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28226 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28227 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28228
28229 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28230 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28231 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28232
28233 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28234 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28235 resumed later.
28236
28237 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28238
28239 ;;;***
28240 \f
28241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28242 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28244
28245 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28246
28247
28248 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28249
28250 ;;;***
28251 \f
28252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28253 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28255 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28256 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28257 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28258
28259 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28260 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28261 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28262 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28263 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28264 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28265 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28266
28267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28268
28269 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28270 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28271 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28272 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28273
28274 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28275
28276 \(fn)" t nil)
28277
28278 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28279 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28280 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28281 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28282 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28283 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28284 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28285
28286 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28287 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28288
28289 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28290 \\___/\\
28291 / \\
28292 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28293
28294 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28295
28296 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28297
28298 ;;;***
28299 \f
28300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28301 ;;;;;; 0))
28302 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28303
28304 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28305 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28306 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28309 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28310
28311 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28312
28313 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28314 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28315 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28316
28317 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28318 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28319 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28320 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28321 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28322 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28323 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28324
28325 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28326 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28327
28328 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28329 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28330 reset the keystroke counter.
28331
28332 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28333 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28334 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28335 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28336
28337 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28338 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28339 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28340 `type-break-schedule' command.
28341
28342 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28343 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28344 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28345 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28346 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28347 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28348 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28349 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28350 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28351
28352 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28353 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28354 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28355 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28356 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28357
28358 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28359 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28360 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28361 approximate good values for this.
28362
28363 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28364 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28365
28366 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28367 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28368 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28369 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28370 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28371 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28372
28373 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28374 a typing break occur. They include:
28375
28376 `type-break-query-mode'
28377 `type-break-query-function'
28378 `type-break-query-interval'
28379
28380 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28381
28382 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28383 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28384 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28385 problems.
28386
28387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28388
28389 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28390 Take a typing break.
28391
28392 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28393 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28394
28395 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28396 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28397
28398 \(fn)" t nil)
28399
28400 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28401 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28402 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28403 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28404
28405 \(fn)" t nil)
28406
28407 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28408 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28409
28410 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28411 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28412 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28413 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28414 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28415 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28416 average typing speed.)
28417
28418 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28419 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28420 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28421 the computed maximum threshold.
28422
28423 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28424 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28425 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28426 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28427 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28428
28429 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28430
28431 ;;;***
28432 \f
28433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28435
28436 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28437 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28438 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28439 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28440 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28441
28442 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28443
28444 ;;;***
28445 \f
28446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28447 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28449
28450 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28451 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28452
28453 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28454
28455 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28456 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28457
28458 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28459
28460 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28461 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28462
28463 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28464
28465 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28466 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28467
28468 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28469
28470 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28471 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28472
28473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28474
28475 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28476 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28477
28478 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28479
28480 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28481 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28482
28483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28484
28485 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28486 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28487
28488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28489
28490 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28491 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28492
28493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28494
28495 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28496 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28497
28498 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28501 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28502
28503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28504
28505 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28506 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28507
28508 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28509
28510 ;;;***
28511 \f
28512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28513 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28515
28516 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28517 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28518 Works by overstriking underscores.
28519 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28520 which specify the range to operate on.
28521
28522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28523
28524 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28525 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28526 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28527 which specify the range to operate on.
28528
28529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28530
28531 ;;;***
28532 \f
28533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28534 ;;;;;; 0))
28535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28536
28537 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28538 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28539 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28540 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28541 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28542 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28543
28544 \(fn)" nil nil)
28545
28546 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28547 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28548 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28549
28550 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28551
28552 ;;;***
28553 \f
28554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28555 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28557
28558 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28559 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28560 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28561 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28562
28563 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28564
28565 ;;;***
28566 \f
28567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21302 6641 882267 783000))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28569
28570 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28571 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28572 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28573 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28574 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28575
28576 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28577 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28578 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28579 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28580 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28581 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28582
28583 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28584 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28585 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28586
28587 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28588 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28589 the callback is not called).
28590
28591 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28592 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28593 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28594 take effect.
28595
28596 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28597 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28598 the server.
28599 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28600 URL-encoded before it's used.
28601
28602 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28603
28604 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28605 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28606 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28607 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28608 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28609
28610 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28611
28612 ;;;***
28613 \f
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28615 ;;;;;; 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28617
28618 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28619 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28620 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28621
28622 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28623 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28624 `url-generic-parse-url'
28625 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28626 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28627 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28628 realm
28629 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28630 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28631 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28632 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28633 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28634 what type of auth to use
28635 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28636 if one cannot be found in the cache
28637
28638 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28639
28640 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28641 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28642
28643 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28644 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28645 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28646 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28647 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28648 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28649 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28650 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28651
28652 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28653
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28657 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28659
28660 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28661 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28662
28663 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28664
28665 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28666 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28667 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28668
28669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28670
28671 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28672 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28673
28674 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28675
28676 ;;;***
28677 \f
28678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28679 ;;;;;; 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28681
28682 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28683
28684
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28686
28687 ;;;***
28688 \f
28689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28690 ;;;;;; 377000))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28692
28693 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28694 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28695 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28696
28697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698
28699 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28700 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28701 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28702 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28703
28704 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28705 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28706 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28707 though.
28708
28709 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28710
28711 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28712 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28713 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28714
28715 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28716
28717 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28718
28719
28720 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28721
28722 ;;;***
28723 \f
28724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28725 ;;;;;; 0))
28726 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28727
28728 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28729 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28730
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28732
28733 ;;;***
28734 \f
28735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21302 6606 390237
28736 ;;;;;; 377000))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28738
28739 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28740 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28741
28742 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28743
28744 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28745 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28746 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28747 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28748 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28749
28750 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28751
28752 ;;;***
28753 \f
28754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21476
28755 ;;;;;; 41895 55661 0))
28756 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28757
28758 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28759 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28760 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28762 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28763 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28764
28765 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28766
28767 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28768 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28770 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28771 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28772
28773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28774
28775 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28776 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28777 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28778 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28779
28780 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28781
28782 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28783 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28784 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28785 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28786 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28787 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28788 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28789 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28790 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28791 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28792
28793 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28794
28795 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28796 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28797 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28798 accessible.
28799
28800 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28801
28802 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28803
28804
28805 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28806
28807 ;;;***
28808 \f
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21419 62246 751914
28810 ;;;;;; 0))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28812 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28813
28814 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28815 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28816 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28817 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28818 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28819
28820 ;;;***
28821 \f
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28823 ;;;;;; 0))
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28825
28826 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28827
28828
28829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28830
28831 ;;;***
28832 \f
28833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28834 ;;;;;; 0))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28836
28837 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28838 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28839 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28840 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28841 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28842
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28844
28845 ;;;***
28846 \f
28847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28848 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28850
28851 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28852
28853
28854 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28855
28856 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28857 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28858
28859 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28860
28861 ;;;***
28862 \f
28863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28864 ;;;;;; 0))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28868 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28869
28870 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28871
28872 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28873 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28874
28875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28876
28877 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28878
28879
28880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881
28882 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28883
28884 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28885
28886 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28887
28888 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28889 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28890
28891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28892
28893 ;;;***
28894 \f
28895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28896 ;;;;;; 350000))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28898
28899 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28900
28901
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28903
28904 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28905
28906
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28908
28909 ;;;***
28910 \f
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28912 ;;;;;; 0))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28914
28915 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28916
28917
28918 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28919
28920 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28921
28922
28923 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28924
28925 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28926
28927
28928 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28929
28930 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28931
28932
28933 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28934
28935 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28936
28937
28938 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28939
28940 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28941
28942
28943 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28944
28945 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28946
28947
28948 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28949
28950 ;;;***
28951 \f
28952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21350 58112
28953 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28955
28956 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28957 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28958
28959 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28960
28961 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28962 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28963 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28964
28965 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28966 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28967 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28968 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28969 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28970 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28971 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28972 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28973 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28974 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28975 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28976 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28977 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28978 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28979
28980 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28981 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28982 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28983
28984 Here is an example. The URL
28985
28986 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28987
28988 parses to
28989
28990 TYPE = \"foo\"
28991 USER = \"bob\"
28992 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28993 HOST = \"example.com\"
28994 PORTSPEC = 42
28995 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28996 TARGET = \"nose\"
28997 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28998 FULLNESS = t
28999
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001
29002 ;;;***
29003 \f
29004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29005 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29006 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29007
29008 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29009 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29010
29011 \(fn)" t nil)
29012
29013 ;;;***
29014 \f
29015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29016 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29017 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29018
29019 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29020 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29021 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29022 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29023 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29024 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29025
29026 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29027
29028 ;;;***
29029 \f
29030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21307 58279
29031 ;;;;;; 19956 0))
29032 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29033
29034 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29035 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29036 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29037
29038 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29039
29040 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29041 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29042 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29043 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29044
29045 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29046
29047 ;;;***
29048 \f
29049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21364 37926 837230
29050 ;;;;;; 0))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29052
29053 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29054 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29055 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29056
29057 If t, all messages will be logged.
29058 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29059 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29060
29061 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29062
29063 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29064
29065
29066 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29067
29068 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29069
29070
29071 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29072
29073 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29074 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29075 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29076 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29077 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29078 & ==> &amp;
29079 < ==> &lt;
29080 > ==> &gt;
29081 \" ==> &quot;
29082
29083 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29084
29085 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29086 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29087 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29088
29089 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29090
29091 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29092 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29093 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29094
29095 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29096
29097 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29098 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29099
29100 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29103 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29104
29105 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29106
29107 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29108 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29109
29110 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29113
29114
29115 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29116
29117 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29118
29119
29120 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29121
29122 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29123
29124 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29125 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29126
29127 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29128
29129 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29130 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29131
29132 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29133
29134 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29135
29136
29137 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29138
29139 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29140 Build a query-string.
29141
29142 Given a QUERY in the form:
29143 '((key1 val1)
29144 (key2 val2)
29145 (key3 val1 val2)
29146 (key4)
29147 (key5 \"\"))
29148
29149 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29150
29151 This will return a string
29152 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29153 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29154 be used.
29155
29156 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29157
29158 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29159 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29160
29161 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29162
29163 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29164 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29165 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29166 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29167 forbidden in URL encoding.
29168
29169 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29172 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29173 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29174 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29175 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29176 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29177
29178 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29179 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29180 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29181 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29182
29183 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29186 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29187 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29188 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29189 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29190 should return it unchanged.
29191
29192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29193
29194 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29195 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29196 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29197 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29198
29199 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29200
29201 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29202 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29203 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29204
29205 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29206
29207 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29208 View the current document's URL.
29209 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29210 the minibuffer.
29211
29212 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29213
29214 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29215
29216 ;;;***
29217 \f
29218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29219 ;;;;;; 374000))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29221
29222 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29223 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29224 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29225 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29226 to refrain from editing the file
29227 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29228 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29229 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29230 in any way you like.
29231
29232 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29233
29234 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29235 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29236 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29237 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29238 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29239
29240 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29241 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29242
29243 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29244
29245 ;;;***
29246 \f
29247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29248 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29250
29251 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29252
29253
29254 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29255
29256 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29257
29258
29259 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29262
29263
29264 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29265
29266 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29267
29268
29269 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29270
29271 ;;;***
29272 \f
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29275
29276 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29277 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29278
29279 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29280
29281 ;;;***
29282 \f
29283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29284 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29286
29287 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29288 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29289 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29290 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29291
29292 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29295 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29296 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29297
29298 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29301 Uudecode region between START and END.
29302 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29303
29304 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29305
29306 ;;;***
29307 \f
29308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29310
29311 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29312 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29313 See `run-hooks'.")
29314
29315 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29316
29317 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29318 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29319 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29320
29321 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29322
29323 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29324 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29325 See `run-hooks'.")
29326
29327 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29328
29329 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29330 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29331 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29332 same state. If not, signal an error.
29333
29334 For merging-based version control systems:
29335 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29336 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29337 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29338 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29339 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29340 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29341
29342 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29343 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29344 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29345 the file(s) for editing.
29346 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29347 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29348 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29349 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29350 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29351 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29352
29353 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29356 Register into a version control system.
29357 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29358 Otherwise register the current file.
29359 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29360 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29361
29362 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29363 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29364 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29365 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29366 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29367 first backend that could register the file is used.
29368
29369 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29372 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29373
29374 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29375
29376 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29377 Display diffs between file revisions.
29378 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29379 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29380 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29381
29382 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29383 saving the buffer.
29384
29385 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29388 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29389 repository history using ediff.
29390
29391 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29392
29393 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29394 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29395 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29396 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29397 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29398
29399 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29400 saving the buffer.
29401
29402 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29403
29404 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29405 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29406 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29407 fileset with the working revision.
29408 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29409 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29410
29411 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29412 saving the buffer.
29413
29414 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29415
29416 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29417 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29418 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29419
29420 \(fn)" nil nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29423 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29424 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29425 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29426
29427 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29430 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29431 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29432 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29433
29434 \(fn)" t nil)
29435
29436 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29437 Perform a version control merge operation.
29438 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29439 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29440 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29441 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29442
29443 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29444 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29445 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29446 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29447 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29448 changes from the current branch.
29449
29450 \(fn)" t nil)
29451
29452 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29453
29454 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29455 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29456 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29457 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29458 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29459 checked out in that new branch.
29460
29461 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29462
29463 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29464 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29465 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29466 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29467 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29468 allowed and simply skipped).
29469
29470 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29471
29472 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29473 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29474 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29475 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29476 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29477
29478 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29479 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29480
29481 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29482
29483 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29484 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29485 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29486 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29487 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29488
29489 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29490
29491 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29492 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29493 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29494
29495 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29496
29497 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29498 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29499 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29500
29501 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29502
29503 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29504 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29505 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29506 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29507
29508 \(fn)" t nil)
29509
29510 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29511 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29512 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29513 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29514
29515 \(fn)" t nil)
29516
29517 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29518
29519 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29520 Update the current fileset or branch.
29521 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29522 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29523 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29524 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29525
29526 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29527 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29528 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29529 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29530 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29531
29532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29533
29534 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29535
29536 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29537 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29538 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29539 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29540 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29541 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29542 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29543
29544 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29545
29546 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29547 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29548 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29549 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29550 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29551 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29552 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29553 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29554 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29555
29556 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29557
29558 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29559 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29560 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29561 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29562
29563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29564
29565 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29566 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29567 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29568 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29569
29570 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29571
29572 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29573 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29574 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29575 directory.
29576
29577 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29578
29579 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29580 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29581 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29582
29583 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29584 log entries should be gathered.
29585
29586 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29587
29588 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29589 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29590
29591 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29592
29593 ;;;***
29594 \f
29595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21481 59815
29596 ;;;;;; 980216 0))
29597 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29598
29599 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29600 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29601
29602 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29603 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29604 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29605 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29606 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29607 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29608
29609 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29610 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29611 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29612 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29613 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29614 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29615 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29616 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29617
29618 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29619
29620 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29621
29622 Customization variables:
29623
29624 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29625 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29626 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29627 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29628 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29629 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29630
29631 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29632
29633 ;;;***
29634 \f
29635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29636 ;;;;;; 0))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29638 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29639 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29640 (progn
29641 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29642 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29643
29644 ;;;***
29645 \f
29646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21452 59559 901066
29647 ;;;;;; 0))
29648 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29649
29650 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29651 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29652
29653 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29654 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29655 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29656 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29657 (progn
29658 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29659 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29660
29661 ;;;***
29662 \f
29663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29664 ;;;;;; 0))
29665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29666 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29667 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29668 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29669 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29670 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29671 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29672
29673 ;;;***
29674 \f
29675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29676 ;;;;;; 0))
29677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29678
29679 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29680 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29681 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29682 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29683 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29684
29685 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29686 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29687 The file lines appear later.
29688
29689 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29690 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29691
29692 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29693
29694 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29695
29696 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29697
29698 ;;;***
29699 \f
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21446
29701 ;;;;;; 45134 152348 0))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29703
29704 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29705 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29706 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29707 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29708 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29709 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29710 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29711 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29712 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29713 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29714 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29715 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29716 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29717 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29718 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29719
29720 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29721
29722 ;;;***
29723 \f
29724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21499 26793 739924
29725 ;;;;;; 529000))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29727 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29728 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29729 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29730 (progn
29731 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29732 (vc-git-registered file))))
29733
29734 ;;;***
29735 \f
29736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21396 14374 24888 0))
29737 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29738 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29739 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29740 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29741 (progn
29742 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29743 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29744
29745 ;;;***
29746 \f
29747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29748 ;;;;;; 0))
29749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29750
29751 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29752 Name of the monotone directory.")
29753
29754 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29755 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29756 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29757 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29758 (progn
29759 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29760 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29761
29762 ;;;***
29763 \f
29764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21379 5287 607434
29765 ;;;;;; 0))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29767
29768 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29769 Where to look for RCS master files.
29770 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29771
29772 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29773
29774 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29775
29776 ;;;***
29777 \f
29778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29779 ;;;;;; 0))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29781
29782 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29783 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29784 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29785
29786 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29787
29788 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29789
29790 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29791 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29792 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29793 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29794
29795 ;;;***
29796 \f
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29798 ;;;;;; 0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29800 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29801 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29802 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29803 "_svn")
29804 (t ".svn"))))
29805 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29806 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29807 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29808
29809 ;;;***
29810 \f
29811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21383
29812 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29814 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29816
29817 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29818 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29819
29820 Usage:
29821 ------
29822
29823 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29824 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29825 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29826 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29827
29828 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29829 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29830 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29831 completions.
29832
29833 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29834 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29835
29836 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29837 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29838
29839 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29840 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29841 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29842
29843 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29844
29845
29846 Maintenance:
29847 ------------
29848
29849 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29850 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29851
29852 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29853
29854 Official distribution is at
29855 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29856
29857
29858 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29859 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29860
29861 Key bindings:
29862 -------------
29863
29864 \\{vera-mode-map}
29865
29866 \(fn)" t nil)
29867
29868 ;;;***
29869 \f
29870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29871 ;;;;;; (21388 20265 495157 0))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29873
29874 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29875 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29876 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29877 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29878 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29879
29880 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29881
29882 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29883 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29884
29885 Supports highlighting.
29886
29887 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29888 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29889
29890 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29891
29892 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29893 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29894 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29895 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29896 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29897 on the left side of your screen.
29898 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29899 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29900 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29901 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29902 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29903 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29904 function keyword.
29905 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29906 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29907 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29908 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29909 if (a)
29910 begin
29911 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29912 Indentation for case statements.
29913 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29914 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29915 mark after an end.
29916 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29917 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29918 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29919 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29920 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29921 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29922 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29923 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29924 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29925 if (a)
29926 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29927 otherwise you get:
29928 if (a)
29929 begin
29930 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29931 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29932 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29933 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29934 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29935 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29936 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29937 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29938 comments in tight quarters.
29939 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29940 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29941
29942 Variables controlling other actions:
29943
29944 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29945 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29946 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29947
29948 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29949
29950 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29951
29952 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29953 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29954 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29955
29956 Some other functions are:
29957
29958 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29959 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29960 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29961 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29962 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29963
29964 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29965 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29966 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29967 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29968
29969 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30000
30001 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30002 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30003
30004 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30005
30006 \(fn)" t nil)
30007
30008 ;;;***
30009 \f
30010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
30011 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30013
30014 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30015 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30016
30017 Usage:
30018 ------
30019
30020 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30021 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30022 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30023 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30024 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30025 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30026 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30027 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30028 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30029
30030 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30031 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30032 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30033 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30034
30035 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30036 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30037 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30038 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30039 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30040
30041 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30042 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30043
30044
30045 HEADER INSERTION:
30046 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30047 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30048 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30049
30050
30051 STUTTERING:
30052 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30053 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30054 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30055 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30056
30057 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30058 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30059 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30060 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30061 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30062
30063
30064 WORD COMPLETION:
30065 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30066 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30067 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30068 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30069
30070 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30071 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30072 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30073 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30074 beginning with \"std\").
30075
30076 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30077 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30078 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30079 stop.
30080
30081
30082 COMMENTS:
30083 `--' puts a single comment.
30084 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30085 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30086 with a comment in between.
30087 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30088 out following lines.
30089 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30090 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30091 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30092 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30093
30094 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30095 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30096 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30097 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30098 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30099 non-nil.
30100
30101 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30102 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30103 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30104 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30105 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30106 multi-line comments.
30107
30108
30109 INDENTATION:
30110 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30111 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30112 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30113 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30114 the entire region.
30115
30116 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30117 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30118 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30119 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30120
30121 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30122 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30123 and vice versa.
30124
30125 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30126 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30127
30128 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30129 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30130 line.
30131
30132
30133 ALIGNMENT:
30134 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30135 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30136 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30137 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30138 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30139 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30140 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30141 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30142
30143 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30144 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30145 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30146 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30147 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30148 is non-nil.
30149
30150 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30151 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30152 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30153
30154 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30155 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30156
30157
30158 CODE FILLING:
30159 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30160 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30161 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30162 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30163 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30164 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30165
30166
30167 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30168 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30169 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30170 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30171 command:
30172
30173 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30174
30175
30176 PORT TRANSLATION:
30177 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30178 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30179 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30180 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30181 internal signal initializations (menu).
30182
30183 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30184 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30185 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30186
30187 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30188 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30189 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30190 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30191 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30192 in subsequent paste operations.)
30193
30194 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30195 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30196 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30197
30198
30199 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30200 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30201 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30202 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30203 association list with formals).
30204
30205
30206 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30207 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30208 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30209 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30210 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30211 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30212 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30213 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30214 `vhdl-testbench'.
30215
30216
30217 KEY BINDINGS:
30218 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30219
30220
30221 VHDL MENU:
30222 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30223
30224
30225 FILE BROWSER:
30226 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30227 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30228 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30229
30230 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30231 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30232
30233
30234 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30235 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30236 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30237 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30238
30239 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30240 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30241 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30242
30243 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30244 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30245 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30246 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30247
30248 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30249 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30250 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30251 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30252 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30253
30254 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30255 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30256 required by secondary units.
30257
30258
30259 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30260 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30261 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30262 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30263 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30264 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30265 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30266 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30267 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30268 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30269 inputs to this component -> input port created
30270 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30271 outputs from this component -> output port created
30272 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30273 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30274
30275 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30276 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30277 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30278 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30279 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30280
30281 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30282 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30283
30284 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30285 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30286 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30287 component instantiation is also supported (option
30288 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30289
30290 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30291 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30292 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30293 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30294 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30295 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30296 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30297 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30298 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30299 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30300 generating the configuration.
30301
30302 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30303 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30304 configurations in speedbar.
30305
30306 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30307
30308
30309 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30310 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30311 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30312 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30313 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30314 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30315 information. New compilers can be added.
30316
30317 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30318 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30319
30320
30321 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30322 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30323 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30324 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30325 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30326
30327 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30328 command:
30329
30330 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30331 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30332 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30333
30334 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30335 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30336 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30337 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30338 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30339 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30340 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30341 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30342 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30343
30344 Limitations:
30345 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30346 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30347 not (yet) supported.
30348 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30349 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30350 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30351
30352
30353 PROJECTS:
30354 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30355 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30356 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30357 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30358 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30359 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30360 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30361 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30362
30363 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30364 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30365 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30366 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30367 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30368 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30369 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30370 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30371 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30372 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30373 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30374
30375
30376 SPECIAL MENUES:
30377 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30378 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30379 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30380 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30381 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30382 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30383 current directory for VHDL source files.
30384
30385
30386 VHDL STANDARDS:
30387 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30388 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30389
30390
30391 KEYWORD CASE:
30392 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30393 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30394 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30395 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30396 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30397 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30398 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30399 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30400
30401
30402 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30403 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30404 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30405 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30406 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30407 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30408 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30409
30410 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30411 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30412 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30413 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30414 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30415 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30416
30417 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30418 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30419 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30420 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30421 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30422 visually.
30423
30424 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30425 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30426 highlighted if written in lower case.
30427
30428 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30429 highlighted using a different background color if option
30430 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30431
30432 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30433 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30434 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30435 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30436 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30437
30438
30439 USER MODELS:
30440 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30441 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30442 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30443
30444
30445 HIDE/SHOW:
30446 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30447 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30448 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30449 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30450 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30451
30452
30453 CODE UPDATING:
30454 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30455 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30456 Limitations:
30457 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30458 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30459 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30460 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30461 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30462 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30463 (used to obtain the port names).
30464 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30465 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30466 sensitivity lists.
30467
30468
30469 CODE FIXING:
30470 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30471 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30472
30473
30474 PRINTING:
30475 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30476 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30477 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30478 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30479 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30480 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30481 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30482 printers.
30483
30484
30485 OPTIONS:
30486 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30487 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30488 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30489 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30490 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30491
30492 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30493 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30494 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30495 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30496 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30497 INSTALL file).
30498
30499 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30500 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30501
30502
30503 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30504 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30505 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30506 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30507
30508 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30509
30510
30511 HINTS:
30512 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30513 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30514
30515 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30516
30517 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30518
30519 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30520
30521
30522 RELEASE NOTES:
30523 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30524
30525
30526 Maintenance:
30527 ------------
30528
30529 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30530 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30531
30532 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30533
30534 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30535 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30536 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30537 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30538
30539 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30540 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30541 where the latest version can be found.
30542
30543
30544 Known problems:
30545 ---------------
30546
30547 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30548 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30549 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30550 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30551
30552
30553 The VHDL Mode Authors
30554 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30555
30556 Key bindings:
30557 -------------
30558
30559 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30560
30561 \(fn)" t nil)
30562
30563 ;;;***
30564 \f
30565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30566 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30567 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30568
30569 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30570 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30571
30572 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30573
30574 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30575 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30576 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30577 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30578
30579 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30580
30581 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30582 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30583
30584 \(fn)" t nil)
30585
30586 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30587 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30588 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30589 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30590
30591 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30592
30593 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30594 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30595
30596 \(fn)" t nil)
30597
30598 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30599
30600
30601 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30602
30603 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30604
30605
30606 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30607
30608 ;;;***
30609 \f
30610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
30611 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30612
30613 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30614 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30615 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30616
30617 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30618
30619 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30621 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30622 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30623
30624 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30625
30626 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30627 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30628
30629 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30630
30631 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30632 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30633 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30634 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30635 moving around in the buffer.
30636 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30637 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30638
30639 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30640
30641 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30642
30643 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30644 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30645 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30646 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30647
30648 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30649 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30650 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30651 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30652 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30653
30654 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30655
30656 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30657
30658 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30659 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30660 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30661 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30662 buffer.
30663
30664 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30665 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30666 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30667 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30668 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30669
30670 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30671
30672 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30673
30674 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30675 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30676 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30677 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30678 moving around in the buffer.
30679 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30680 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30681
30682 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30683
30684 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30685 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30686 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30687
30688 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30689 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30690 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30691 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30692
30693 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30694 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30695 own View-like bindings.
30696
30697 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30698
30699 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30700 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30701 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30702 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30703 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30704 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30705 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30706
30707 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30708
30709 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30710
30711 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30712 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30713 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30714
30715 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30716 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30717 own View-like bindings.
30718
30719 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30720
30721 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30722 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30723 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30724 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30725 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30726 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30727 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30728
30729 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30730
30731 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30732
30733 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30734 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30735 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30736
30737 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30738 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30739 own View-like bindings.
30740
30741 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30742
30743 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30744 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30746 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30747 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30748
30749 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30750 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30751 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30752 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30753
30754 \\<view-mode-map>
30755
30756 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30757 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30758 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30759 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30760 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30761 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30762 to a repeat count of one.
30763
30764 H, h, ? This message.
30765 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30766 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30767 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30768 > move to the end of buffer.
30769 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30770 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30771 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30772 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30773 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30774 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30775 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30776 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30777 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30778 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30779 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30780 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30781 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30782 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30783 Use this to view a changing file.
30784 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30785 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30786 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30787 . set the mark.
30788 x exchanges point and mark.
30789 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30790 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30791 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30792 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30793 ' go to position saved in character register.
30794 s do forward incremental search.
30795 r do reverse incremental search.
30796 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30797 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30798 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30799 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30800 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30801 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30802 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30803 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30804 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30805 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30806 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30807 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30808 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30809 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30810 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30811 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30812 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30813
30814 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30815 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30816 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30817 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30818 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30819 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30820 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30821 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30822 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30823
30824 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30825
30826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30827
30828 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30829 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30830 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30831 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30832 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30833 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30834 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30835 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30836 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30837
30838 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30839
30840 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30841
30842 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30843 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30844 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30845 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30846 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30847 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30848
30849 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30850 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30851 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30852
30853 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30854
30855 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30856
30857 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30858
30859 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30860 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30861
30862 \(fn)" t nil)
30863
30864 ;;;***
30865 \f
30866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21429 11690 49391
30867 ;;;;;; 0))
30868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30869 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30870
30871 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30872 Toggle Viper on/off.
30873 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30874
30875 \(fn)" t nil)
30876
30877 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30878 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30879
30880 \(fn)" t nil)
30881
30882 ;;;***
30883 \f
30884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
30885 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
30886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30887
30888 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30889 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30890 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30891 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30892 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30893 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30894 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30895 the beginning of the warning.")
30896
30897 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30898 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30899 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30900 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30901 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30902 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30903 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30904 also call that function before the next warning.")
30905
30906 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30907 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30908
30909 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30910 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30911 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30912 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30913
30914 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30915 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30916 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30917 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30918 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30919 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30920
30921 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30922 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30923 Default is :warning.
30924
30925 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30926 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30927 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30928 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30929 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30930 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30931
30932 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30933 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30934 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30935
30936 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30937
30938 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30939 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30940
30941 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30942
30943 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30944 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30945 \\<special-mode-map>
30946 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30947 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30948
30949 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30950 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30951 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30952 can be whatever you like.)
30953
30954 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30955 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30956
30957 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30958 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30959 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30960 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30961 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30962
30963 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30964
30965 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30966 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30967 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30968 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30969 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30970
30971 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30972
30973 ;;;***
30974 \f
30975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30977 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30978
30979 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30980 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30981 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30982 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30983 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30984 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30985 directories to reflect your edits.
30986
30987 See `wdired-mode'.
30988
30989 \(fn)" t nil)
30990
30991 ;;;***
30992 \f
30993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
30994 ;;;;;; 0))
30995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30996
30997 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30998 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30999
31000 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31001 hotlist.
31002
31003 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31004 <nwv@acm.org>.
31005
31006 \(fn)" t nil)
31007
31008 ;;;***
31009 \f
31010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31011 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31013 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31014 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31015
31016 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31017
31018 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31019 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31020 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31023 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31024
31025 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31026
31027 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31028 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31032
31033 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31034 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31035 in certain major modes.
31036
31037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31038
31039 ;;;***
31040 \f
31041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21384 23211 329821
31042 ;;;;;; 0))
31043 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31044 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31045
31046 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31047 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31051
31052 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31053 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31054
31055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31056
31057 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31058 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31060 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31062
31063 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31064 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31065 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31066 use `whitespace-mode'.
31067
31068 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31069
31070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31071
31072 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31073 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31074 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31076 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31077 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31078
31079 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31080
31081 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31082 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31084 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31085 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31086
31087 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31088 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31089
31090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31091
31092 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31093 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31094 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31097 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31098
31099 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31100
31101 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31102 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31104 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31105 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31106
31107 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31108 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31109 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31110 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31111
31112 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31113
31114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31115
31116 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31117 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31118
31119 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31120 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31121
31122 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31123 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31124
31125 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31126
31127 CHAR MEANING
31128 (VIA FACES)
31129 f toggle face visualization
31130 t toggle TAB visualization
31131 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31132 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31133 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31134 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31135 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31136 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31137 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31138 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31139 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31140 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31141 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31142 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31143 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31144 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31145 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31146
31147 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31148 T toggle TAB visualization
31149 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31150 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31151
31152 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31153 ? display brief help
31154
31155 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31156 The valid symbols are:
31157
31158 face toggle face visualization
31159 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31160 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31161 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31162 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31163 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31164 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31165 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31166 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31167 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31168 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31169 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31170 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31171 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31172 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31173 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31174 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31175
31176 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31177 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31178 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31179
31180 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31181
31182 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31183
31184 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31185
31186 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31187 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31188
31189 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31190 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31191
31192 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31193 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31194
31195 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31196
31197 CHAR MEANING
31198 (VIA FACES)
31199 f toggle face visualization
31200 t toggle TAB visualization
31201 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31202 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31203 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31204 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31205 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31206 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31207 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31208 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31209 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31210 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31211 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31212 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31213 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31214 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31215 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31216
31217 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31218 T toggle TAB visualization
31219 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31220 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31221
31222 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31223 ? display brief help
31224
31225 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31226 The valid symbols are:
31227
31228 face toggle face visualization
31229 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31230 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31231 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31232 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31233 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31234 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31235 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31236 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31237 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31238 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31239 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31240 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31241 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31242 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31243 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31244 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31245
31246 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31247 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31248 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31249
31250 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31251
31252 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31253
31254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31255
31256 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31257 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31258
31259 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31260 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31261 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31262 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31263 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31264
31265 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31266
31267 The problems cleaned up are:
31268
31269 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31270 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31272 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31273
31274 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31276 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31277 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31278 SPACEs.
31279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31280 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31282 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31283
31284 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31285 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31286 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31287 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31288 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31289 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31290 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31291 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31292
31293 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31294 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31295 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31296
31297 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31298 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31299 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31300 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31301 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31302 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31303 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31304 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31305
31306 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31307 documentation.
31308
31309 \(fn)" t nil)
31310
31311 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31312 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31313
31314 The problems cleaned up are:
31315
31316 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31317 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31318 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31319 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31320 SPACEs.
31321 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31322 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31324 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31325
31326 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31328 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31329 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31330 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31331 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31333 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31334
31335 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31336 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31337 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31338
31339 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31341 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31342 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31343 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31344 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31345 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31346 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31347
31348 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31349 documentation.
31350
31351 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31352
31353 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31354 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31355
31356 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31357
31358 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31359
31360 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31361 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31362
31363 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31364 non-nil.
31365
31366 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31367 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31368 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31369
31370 empty
31371 trailing
31372 indentation
31373 space-before-tab
31374 space-after-tab
31375
31376 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31377 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31378 report problems.
31379
31380 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31381
31382 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31383 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31384 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31385 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31386 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31387 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31388 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31389
31390 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31391 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31392 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31393 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31394 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31395 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31396 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31397
31398 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31399 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31400 cleaning up these problems.
31401
31402 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31403
31404 ;;;***
31405 \f
31406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31407 ;;;;;; 0))
31408 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31409
31410 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31411 Browse the widget under point.
31412
31413 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31414
31415 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31416 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31417
31418 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31419
31420 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31421 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31422
31423 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31424
31425 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31426 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31428 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31429 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31430
31431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31432
31433 ;;;***
31434 \f
31435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21414 44327 790846
31436 ;;;;;; 0))
31437 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31438
31439 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31440 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31441
31442 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31443
31444 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31445 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31446 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31447
31448 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31449
31450 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31451 Create widget of TYPE.
31452 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31453
31454 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31455
31456 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31457 Delete WIDGET.
31458
31459 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31460
31461 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31462 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31463
31464 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31465
31466 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31467 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31468 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31469 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31470
31471 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31472 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31473
31474 \(fn)" nil nil)
31475
31476 ;;;***
31477 \f
31478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31479 ;;;;;; 0))
31480 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31481
31482 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31483 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31485 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31486 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31489
31490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31491
31492 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31493 Select the window above the current one.
31494 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31495 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31496 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31497 negative ARG) of the current window.
31498 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31499
31500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31501
31502 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31503 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31504 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31505 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31506 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31507 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31508 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31509
31510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31511
31512 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31513 Select the window below the current one.
31514 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31515 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31516 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31517 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31518 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31519
31520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31521
31522 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31523 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31524 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31525 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31526
31527 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31528
31529 ;;;***
31530 \f
31531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31532 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31533
31534 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31535 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31536 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31539 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31540
31541 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31542
31543 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31544 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31546 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31547 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31548 \\{winner-mode-map}
31549
31550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31551
31552 ;;;***
31553 \f
31554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21393 38187 675040 0))
31555 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31556 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31557
31558 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31559 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31560 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31561 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31562 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31563
31564 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31565
31566 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31567 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31568 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31569 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31570 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31571 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31572 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31573 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31574
31575 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31576 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31577
31578 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31579
31580 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31581 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31582
31583 \(fn)" t nil)
31584
31585 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31586 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31587 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31588 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31589 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31590 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31591 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31592 `woman' command for further details.
31593
31594 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31595
31596 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31597 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31598
31599 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31600
31601 ;;;***
31602 \f
31603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31604 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31605
31606 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31607 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31608 Return the top node with all its children.
31609 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31610
31611 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31612 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31613 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31614
31615 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31616
31617 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31618 namespace to URIs instead.
31619
31620 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31621 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31622
31623 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31624
31625 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31626
31627 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31628
31629 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31630 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31631 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31632 not contain well-formed XML.
31633
31634 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31635 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31636 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31637 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31638 element of the list.
31639 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31640 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31641 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31642
31643 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31644
31645 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31646 namespace to URIs instead.
31647
31648 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31649 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31650
31651 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31652
31653 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31654
31655 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31656
31657 ;;;***
31658 \f
31659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31660 ;;;;;; 0))
31661 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31662
31663 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31664 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31665 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31666 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31667 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31668 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31669 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31670 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31671 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31672 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31673
31674 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31675
31676 ;;;***
31677 \f
31678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21451 38694 880517
31679 ;;;;;; 0))
31680 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31681
31682 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31683 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31684 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31687 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31688
31689 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31690
31691 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31692 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31694 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31695 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31696
31697 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31698 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31699 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31700 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31701 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31702 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31703
31704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31705
31706 ;;;***
31707 \f
31708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31710
31711 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31712 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31713
31714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31715
31716 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31717 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31718
31719 \(fn)" nil nil)
31720
31721 ;;;***
31722 \f
31723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31725
31726 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31727 Zone out, completely.
31728
31729 \(fn)" t nil)
31730
31731 ;;;***
31732 \f
31733 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/crisp.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el" "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-acc.el" "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "obsolete/levents.el" "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lucid.el" "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mouse-sel.el" "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "obsolete/tpu-edt.el" "obsolete/tpu-extras.el" "obsolete/tpu-mapper.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/vi.el" "obsolete/vip.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ws-mode.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21508 18595 492383
31957 ;;;;;; 362000))
31958
31959 ;;;***
31960 \f
31961 (provide 'loaddefs)
31962 ;; Local Variables:
31963 ;; version-control: never
31964 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31965 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31966 ;; coding: utf-8
31967 ;; End:
31968 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here